Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
Results for eta
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhayā2.2.59FeminineSingularśivā, haimavatī, pūtanā, avyathā, śreyasī, harītakī, kāyasthā, ceta, amṛtā, pathyā
ājiḥ3.3.38FeminineSingularceta, hastādyaiḥarthasūcanā
alaṅkāraḥ2..9.97MasculineSingularrajatam, rūpyam, kharjūram, śvetam
bhikṣā3.3.232FeminineSingularraviḥ, śveta, chadaḥ
buddhiḥ1.5.1FeminineSingularpratipat, upalabdhiḥ, śemuṣī, dhiṣaṇā, ceta, saṃvit, prekṣā, prajñā, manīṣā, jñaptiḥ, cit, matiḥ, dhīḥunderstanding or intellect
citram1.5.17MasculineSingularkarburaḥ, kirmīraḥ, kalmāṣaḥ, śabalaḥ, etavariegated
cittamNeuterSingularmanaḥ, ceta, hṛdayam, svāntam, hṛt, mānasammalice
dharmarājaḥ1.1.61-62MasculineSingularantakaḥ, daṇḍadharaḥ, yamarāṭ, kṛtāntaḥ, pitṛpatiḥ, vaivasvataḥ, kālaḥ, śamanaḥ, paretarāṭ, śrāddhadevaḥ, yamaḥ, yamunābhrātā, samavartīyama
etahi2.4.22MasculineSingularadhunā, sāmpratam, saṃprati, idānīm
gṛham2.2.4-5NeuterSingularagāram, vastyam, sadma, geham, ālayaḥ, gṛhāḥ, bhavanam, niśāntam, veśma, nilayaḥ, mandiram, sadanam, niketanam, udavasitam, nikāyyaḥ
haṃsaḥ2.5.26MasculineSingularcakrāṅgaḥ, mānasaukāḥ, śvetagarut
jagat3.3.86MasculineSingularkṛtrimam, lakṣaṇopetam
kakṣyā3.3.166FeminineSingularātmavān, arthātanapeta
madanaḥ1.1.25-26MasculineSingularbrahmasūḥ, māraḥ, kandarpaḥ, kāmaḥ, sambarāriḥ, ananyajaḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, viśvaketuḥ, pradyumnaḥ, darpakaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, manasijaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ātmabhūḥ, manmathaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, smaraḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ratipatiḥkamadeva
mṛtaḥ2.8.119MasculineSingularpramītaḥ, parāsuḥ, prāptapañcatvaḥ, pareta, preta, saṃsthitaḥ
mūlyam2.10.38-39NeuterSingularbharaṇam, bharma, vidhā, paṇaḥ, bharaṇyam, bhṛ‍tiḥ, karmaṇyā, nirveśaḥ, vetanam, bhṛtyā
nyagrodhaḥ3.3.103MasculineSingularcetaḥpīḍā, adhiṣṭhānam, bandhakam, vyasanam
parivyādhaḥ2.4.30MasculineSingularvidulaḥ, nādeyī, ambuvetasaḥ
patākā2.8.102FeminineSingular‍vaijayantī, ketanam, ‍‍dhvajam
prāṇīMasculineSingularjantuḥ, janyuḥ, śarīrī, cetanaḥ, janmīanimal
sahasravedhīFeminineSingularamlavetasaḥ, śatavedhī, cukraḥ
sthāvaraḥ3.1.72MasculineSingularjaṅgametaraḥ
śuklaḥ1.5.12MasculineSingulardhavalaḥ, sitaḥ, śyeta, śuciḥ, valakṣaḥ, avadātaḥ, viśadaḥ, śubhraḥ, arjunaḥ, gauraḥ, pāṇḍaraḥ, śvetawhite
śukram2.6.62NeuterSingularbījam, vīryam, indriyam, tejaḥ, reta
vaṃśarocanā2.9.110FeminineSingularśvetamaricam
vetasvān2.1.9MasculineSingular
vetasaḥ2.4.29MasculineSingularvānīraḥ, vañjulaḥ, rathaḥ, abhrapuṣpaḥ, bidulaḥ, śītaḥ
śvetasurasāFeminineSingularbhūtaveśī
vārāṅgarūpopeta3.1.11MasculineSingularsiṃhahananaḥ
preta3.3.66MasculineSingularbhūpaḥ
śvetam3.3.86MasculineSingularbaddhaḥ, arjunaḥ
ketanam3.3.121NeuterSingularlokavādaḥ, paśvahipakṣiṇāṃyuddham
Monier-Williams Search
Results for eta
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
eta(for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) mfn. come near, approached
eta(for 1.See 4. e-) mf(ā-and /enī- )n. ( i- ),"rushing","darting" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etamf(ā-and /enī- )n. of a variegated colour, varying the colour, shining, brilliant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etam. a kind of deer or antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etam. the hide of the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etam. variegated colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. (grammar 223; gaRa sarvādi- ) this, this here, here (especially as pointing to what is nearest to the speaker exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa bāṇaḥ-,this arrow here in my hand; eṣa yāti panthāḥ-,here passes the way; eṣa kālaḥ-,here id est now, is the time; etad-,this here id est this world here below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣo'ham-,I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa tvāṃ svargaṃ nayāmi-,I standing here will convey thee to heaven; etau praviṣṭau svaḥ-,we two here have entered) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. as the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to be supplied (exempli gratia, 'for example' etad eva hi me dhanam-,for this [ scilicet cow] is my only wealth ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. but sometimes the neuter singular remains (exempli gratia, 'for example' etad guruṣu vṛttiḥ-,this is the custom among guru-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. etad- generally refers to what precedes, especially when connected with idam-, the latter then referring to what follows (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa vai prathamaḥ kalpaḥ- anukalpas tv ayaṃ jñeyaḥ-,this before-mentioned is the principal rule, but this following may be considered a secondary rule ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadmfn. it refers also to that which follows, especially when connected with a relative clause (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa caiva gurur dharmo yam pravakṣyāmy ahaṃ tava-,this is the important law, which I will proclaim to you ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now (exempli gratia, 'for example' n/a v/ā u et/an mriyase-,thou dost not die in this manner or by that ) ; ([ confer, compare Zend ae7ta; Old Persian aita; Armenian aid; Osk.eiso.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadādimfn. beginning with this, and so forth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadantamfn. terminating with this, ending thus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadarthamind. on this account, for this end, therefore etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadarthamind. (etad-- arthaṃ yad-,to this end - that ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadatiriktamfn. besides this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadātmyan. , misprint for aitadātmya- (q.v; see śaṃkara-'s commentator or commentary on the passage) .
etadavadhiind. to this limit, so far. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadavasthamfn. of such a state or condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaddāmfn. granting or bestowing this View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaddevatyamfn. having this as deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaddvitīyamfn. doing this for the second time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadīyamfn. belonging or relating to this (person or thing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadupaniṣadmfn. following this upaniṣad-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadvatind. like this, thus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadyonimfn. of this origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etagvamfn. of variegated colour, shining (said of horses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaj(in compound for etad-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etajjamfn. arising from this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etakamf(ikā-, enikā-)n. equals /eta- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etan(by saṃdhi- for etad-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etanam. expiration, breathing out, discharging air from the lungs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etanam. the fish Silurus Pelorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etanmayamf(ī-)n. made or consisting of this, of such a kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etarhiind. now, at this time, at present, now-a-days etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etarhiind. then (correlating to y/arhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etarhin. (i-) a measure of time (fifteen idāni-s, or the fifteenth part of a kṣipra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśa mfn. of variegated colour, shining, brilliant (said of brahmaṇas-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. a horse of variegated colour, dappled horse (especially said of the Sun's horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. Name of a man (protected by indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśamfn. of variegated colour, shining, brilliant (said of brahmaṇas-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. a horse of variegated colour, dappled horse (especially said of the Sun's horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. Name of a man (protected by indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśam. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etaśasm. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etat(in compound for etad-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatkālamind. now. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatkālīnamfn. belonging to or happening in the present time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatkṣaṇātind. from this moment, henceforth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatkṣaṇeind. in this moment, now. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatparamfn. intent on or absorbed in this commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatprabhṛtimfn. beginning with this, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatprathamamfn. doing this for the first time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatsamamfn. equal to this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etatsamīpan. presence of this one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etattṛtīyamfn. doing this for the third time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etattulyamfn. similar to this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhijñetaramfn. not familiar with (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinetavyamfn. to be represented dramatically. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipretamfn. meant, intended etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipretamfn. accepted, approved etc.
abhipretamfn. to whom one's heart is devoted, dear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisametamfn. assembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetamfn. approached, arrived at (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetamfn. (with gṛham-) staying in a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetamfn. furnished with (in compound [ ]or instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetamfn. agreed upon, assented to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetamfn. promised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupetavyamfn. to be admitted or assented to commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāravyapetamfn. deviating from established custom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchetamfn. approached, attained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acetanamfn. without consciousness, inanimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acetanamfn. unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acetasmfn. imprudent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acetasmfn. unconscious, insensible. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiketanamind. on a flag, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmacetasm. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavya mfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavyaeyamfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniretasamfn. sprung from agni-'s seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agretanamfn. occurring further on, subsequently (in a book). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajetavyamfn. invincible. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajñātaketa(/ajñāta--) mfn. having unknown or secret designs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aketanamfn. houseless. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpetaramfn. "other than small", large View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpetaratvan. largeness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvetasam. a kind of cane or reed growing in water.
amlavetasam. a kind of dock or sorrel, Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amlavetasan. vinegar (obtained from fruit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmlavetasam. the plant Rumex Vesicarius (= amla-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anabhipretan. an occurrence different from what was intended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyacetasmfn. giving one's undivided thought to (with locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapetamfn. not gone off, not past View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapetamfn. not separated, faithful to, possessed of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavetamfn. not gone away or run off, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānetavaiSee under ā--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānetavyamfn. = ā-nāyya-1 q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniketaor a-niketana- mfn. houseless. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjyetamfn. black and white coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupeta([ ]) or anupeta-pūrva- ([ ]), mfn. not yet entered at a teacher's (for instruction). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupetanot affected by, devoid of (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyaṅgaśvetamfn. white and without spot (as a sacrificial animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyataetamf(-enī-)n. variegated on one side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacetasmfn. not favourable to (with ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacetasmfn. averse from (ablative), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apakṛṣṭacetanamfn. mentally debased. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparāhṇetana([ ]) mfn. belonging to or produced at the close of the day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparetaf. opposite to or other than the west, the east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apetamfn. escaped, departed, gone, having retired from, free from (ablative or in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apetabhimfn. one whose fear is gone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apetaprajananamfn. one who has lost his generative energy, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apetaprāṇamfn. lifeless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apetarākṣasīf. the plant Ocimum Sanctum (also apreta-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracetasmfn. deficient in understanding, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraketamfn. indiscriminate, unrecognizable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apretamfn. not gone away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apretarākṣasīf. a plant (also called preta-rākṣasī-,or apeta-rākṣasī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aretasmfn. not receiving seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aretaskamfn. seedless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āryacetasmfn. noble-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aryaśvetam. (varia lectio ārya-sv-), Name of a man, (gaRa śivādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsaktacetas mfn. having the mind deeply engaged in or fixed upon (any object), intent on, devoted to, absorbed in. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamavetamfn. idem or 'mfn. not inherent, not inseparably connected with, accidental ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamavetamfn. (plural) not all assembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asametamfn. "not arrived, absent", missing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgopetamfn. (said of excellent water), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyetavaisee ati- (parasmE-pada 16). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avetamfn. elapsed, passed, (/an-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avetamfn. one who has gained, obtained (with accusative), -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicetanamfn. unintelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicetasmfn. unwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyapetamfn. not separated, contiguous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavetamfn. not separated by (instrumental case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavetaseparated by a-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayathābhipretamfn. not desired, not agreeable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhyaretasm. one whose generative fluid is obstructed, impotent on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuletarapakṣam. dual number the dark and the other (i.e. light) half of a month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahupuṣpaphalopetamfn. having many flowers and fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuretasm. "having much seed", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balopetamfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. endowed with power or strength ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhetavyamfn. to be feared or dreaded (n. often impersonal or used impersonally, especially na bhetavyam-,with abl, or genitive case,"one need not be afraid of") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhetavyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīrucetasm. "timid-hearted", a deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrāntākulitacetanamfn. one whose mind is troubled by doubt or error View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūriretas(bh/ūri--) mfn. abounding in seed, prolific View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrivetasamfn. having many canes or reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtapretapiśācādyam. plural the bhūta-s, preta-s, piśāca-s etc. (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāpetam. Name of one of the rākṣasa-s said to dwell in the sun during the month māgha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmopetam. Name of a rakṣas- (see brahmāpeta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatpracetasm. "the larger pracetas-", Name of a particular recension of a law-book by pracetas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatsaṃketam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakṣurapetamfn. one who has lost his eyes, blind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calaniketamfn. having a perishable abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetain compound equals tas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaḥpīḍāf. grief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetakamfn. causing to think View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetakamfn. sentient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetakaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaf. equals tanikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaf. Jasminum grandiflorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanamf(-)n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanamf(-)n. percipient, conscious, sentient, intelligent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanam. an intelligent being, man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanam. soul, mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanan. conspicuousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanan. soul, mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaf. consciousness, understanding, sense, intelligence etc. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' [f(ā-).] ) (see a--, niś--, puru-c/et-, vi--, sa--, s/u--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanabhāvam. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanācetana plural sentient and unsentient beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanakāf. equals nikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanakīf. equals nikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanatāf. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanatvan. idem or 'f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanāvatmfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetaind. for na-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanībhūto become conscious
cetanikāf. Terminalia Chebula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanīkṛto cause to perceive or become conscious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetanīyāf. the medicinal herb ṛddhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasn. splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasn. () consciousness, intelligence, thinking soul, heart, mind etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasn. will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasn. see a-cet/as-, dabhr/a--, pr/a--, laghu--, v/i--, s/a--, su-c/etas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetasamind. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' fr. tas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetavyamfn. to be piled up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetavyamfn. equals cayanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetavyaSee 1. ci-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayamfn. sentient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayānamfn. (irreg. pr. p.) having sense, reasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayitavyamfn. to be perceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayitṛmfn. equals ya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chiduretaramfn. not breaking, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ciketasSee na--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittacetasikam. thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dabhracetas(r/a--) mfn. little-minded, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dahanaketanam. "mark of burning", smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇetaramfn. "other than right", left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
damopetamfn. endowed with self-control, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaretasamfn. sprung from divine seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanuketaf. a kind of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmāpetamfn. departing from virtue, wicked, unrighteous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmāpetan. immorality, vice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopetamfn. endowed with virtues View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhavaletarataṇḍulam. Andropogon Bicolor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhīracetasmfn. strong-minded, self-possessed, courageous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmaketanam. "smoke-marked", fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmaketanam. meteor, a comet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmaketanam. ketu- or the personified descending node View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhuryetaramfn. "other than the first", the charioteer (as opp. to the hero) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvajinyutsavasaṃketam. Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīnacetanamfn. "distressed in mind", dejected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divāsaṃketam. appointment (of lovers) by day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravetaramfn. "other than fluid", hard, solid, congealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaramfn. "other than visible", invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaratāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhetamfn. affected with sorrow, Va1rtt. 6, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhopahatacetasmfn. having the heart stricken with sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhopetamfn. affected by pain, suffering distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrāpetamfn. not even distantly to be thought of, quite out of the question View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrāpetatvan. commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣṭacetasmfn. evil-minded, malevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvātriṃśailakṣaṇopetamfn. () "having 32 auspicious marks upon the body", illustrious, great. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviretasmfn. (dv/i-) (a male ass) doubly impregnating (sc. mare and she-ass) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviretasmfn. (a mare) doubly impregnated (sc. by horse and male ass) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviretasmfn. a kind of hermaphrodite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekacetasmfn. of one mind, unanimous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekārthasamupetamfn. arrived at one object. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
evaṃguṇopetamfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. possessing such qualities or good qualities etc.' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīracetas(r/a--) mfn. of profound mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gatacetanamfn. deprived of sense or consciousness, senseless, void of understanding, fainted away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gatacetasmfn. bereft of sense
ghanetaramfn. "opposed to solid", liquid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmetarāṃśum. "having other than warm (id est cold) rays", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhacetasmfn. thinking only of one's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhārūḍhacetasmfn. devoted to home
gṛhītacetasmfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhītavetanamfn. one who has received his wages, paid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇopetamfn. endowed with good qualities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇopetamfn. endowed with any requisites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsaśyetamf(enī-)n. white like a swan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣacaritasaṃketam. Name of Comm. on the above work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatacetas() mfn. bereft of sense, mad, dispirited, perplexed, confounded. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭhasaṃketacandrikāf. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemaketaf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasmfn. having golden seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. Name of agni- or fire etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. of one of the 12 āditya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasm. a kind of plant (equals citraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyaretasam. plural his family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛcchayāviṣṭacetanamfn. having a heart penetrated by love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛṣṭacetana () mfn. rejoiced in heart. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛṣṭacetas() mfn. rejoiced in heart. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretaramfn. (occurring chiefly in oblique cases of singular and in compound;perhaps for itaras-itara-; see anyo'nya-, paras-para-), one another, one with another, mutual, respective, several View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretaran. or adverb mutually, etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarakāmyāf. respective or several fancies or inclinations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarapratyayamfn. dependent on each other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarapratyayatvan. mutual dependance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarāśrayamfn. taking refuge with or depending on each other, concerning mutually View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarāśrayam. a particular logical error, circular reasoning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itaretarayogam. mutual connexion or relation (of the simple members, as in a dvaṃdva- compound)
itaretaropakṛtimatmfn. helping each other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ityetannāmakamfn. having those names (as aforesaid)
jalavetasam. Calamus Rotang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalayantraniketanan. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṅgametaramfn. immovable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetain compound irregular for tṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetasāhvayamfn. "called after jetṛ-", with vana- n. equals ta-vana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetavanan. " jetri-'s wood", Name of a grove near śrāvastī- (where buddha- promulgated his doctrines) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetavanīyam. plural Name of a Buddhist school. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetavyamfn. ( ji-) to be conquered, conquerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jetavyan. impersonal or used impersonally to be conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṣaketanam. equals -dhvaja- , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṣaketanam. "the god of love"and"the sea" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jihmetaramfn. "other than lazy", not dull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kailāsaniketanam. "having his abode on the kailāsa-", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpetaramf(ā-)n. having or requiring a different kind of treatment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaluṣacetasmfn. of impure mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaluṣacetasmfn. bad, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakaketaf. a species of Pandanus with yellow blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapiketanam. "having a monkey as symbol", Name of arjuna- (the third son of pāṇḍu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotaretasam. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpotaretasam. a patronymic fr. kapota-r- commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karketanam. idem or 'm. a species of quartz ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaśmalacetasmfn. debased or dejected in mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyaprakāśasaṃketam. Name of commentary on mammaṭa-'s work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāyamānikaniketanan. idem or 'n. a hut made of grass or thatch ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keliniketanan. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keliśvetasahasrapattraNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketam. (4. cit-) desire, wish, will, intention ["wealth","atmosphere, sky" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketam. a house, abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketam. mark, sign View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketam. apparition, shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketakam. the tree Pandanus odoratissimus etc.
ketaf. ( gaRa gaurādi- ) idem or 'm. the tree Pandanus odoratissimus etc.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketakif. metrically for - f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketalikīrtim. Name of the author of the work megha-mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. a summons, invitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. a house, abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. "abode of the soul", the body (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. place, site View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. sign, mark, symbol (of a deity), ensign (of a warrior), flag or banner (e gaRa vānara-k-,"one who has a monkey as his ensign or arms" ;See also makara-k-,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketanan. business, indispensable act View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketana taya-, etc. See k/eta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketamfn. purifying the desire or will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketasapm(Nominal verb plural -s/āpas-)fn. obeying the will (of another), obedient ["touching the sky" ], . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketavedas(k/eta--) mfn. knowing the intention ["knowing the wealth of another" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketayaNom. P. yati-, to summon, call or invite ; to fix or appoint a time ; to counsel or advise ; to hear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketayitṛmf(trī-)n. one who summons on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khetasiṃhasee kṣetra-- s-, kṣema-- s- (above). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krametaramfn. not arranged according to the krama-pāṭha- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krāmetarakamfn. one who studies or knows a krametara- text gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kretavyamfn. purchasable, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍāketanan. a pleasure-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛśānuretasm. "whose semen virile is fire", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtacetasm. Name of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtasaṃketamfn. one who has made an agreement or appointment. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavetanamfn. one who receives wages (as a hired servant or labourer) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbharetasn. semen virile deposited in a kumbha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbharetasm. a form of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kupyavetaninsee vetanin-, parasmE-pada 1014. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśaletaran. misfortune, calamity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhacetasmfn. one who has recovered his right mind, restored to sense, recovered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucetasmfn. little-minded, low-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīniketanan. the bathing with fragrant myrobalan powder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lapetam. Name of a demon presiding over a particular disease of children View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
letam. n. (see lota-) tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāratatātparyaprakāśasaṃketam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākāletam. plural Name of a śākhā- or school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpretam. a noble departed spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāretasmfn. abounding in seed (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāvetasan. Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśetavatīf. equals -śīta-vatī- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvetamfn. very white, of a dazzling whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvetaghaṇṭīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaraketanam. "having the makara- for an emblem"or"having a fish on his banner", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaravibhūṣaṇaketanam. "having the makara- for a characteristic ornament", Name of kāma-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhāpetam. Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manaḥsaṃcetanāhāram. one of the 4 kinds of food (in a material and spiritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasketam. mental perception or conception, idea, notion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandacetasmfn. having little consciousness, hardly conscious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandacetasmfn. dull-witted, silly, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manopetamfn. destitute of understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānuṣopetamfn. joined with human effort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgaketanam. the moon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛjopetamfn. equals mṛjā-vat-, Pancar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuhetaveind. for the sake of death in order to kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūḍhacetana mfn. bewildered in mind, foolish, silly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūḍhacetasmfn. bewildered in mind, foolish, silly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktacetasmfn. one whose soul is liberated (from existence), emancipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṣitacetasmfn. bereft of sense, deprived of consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhaḥketanam. "sky-banner", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naciketa(metric.) (n/a--) m. (4. cit-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naciketa na-cira- etc. See under 2. na-, p.523. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāciketamf(ī-)n. relating to naciketa- or na-ciketas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāciketam. (with agni-) a particular fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāciketam. (sc. agni-) any fire (wrong reading nācikstu-,or nācchiketa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāciketam. Name of an ancient sage (son of uddālaki-) (see tri-ṇāciketa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāciketaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naciketas(n/a--) m. (4. cit-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakraketanam. Name of the god of love (see makara-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānācetas(n/ānā-.) mfn. of different mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naretaram. "different from men", a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naretaram. a beast or beast-like man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naṣṭacetanamfn. one who has lost consciousness, insensible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navetaramfn. "other than new", old View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netavyamfn. ( -) to be led or guided etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netavyamfn. to be led away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netavyamfn. to be led towards or to or into (accusative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netavyamfn. to be applied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netavyamfn. to be examined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. rarely n. (4. cit-) a mark, sign (tapātyaya-n-,"mark of departure of heat", said of a cloud) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. a house, habitation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. seat of one of the constituent elements of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. a bee-hive (j) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. a stage in the religious life of a Brahman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketam. state of being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketanan. a house, mansion, habitation, temple, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niketanam. an onion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvetanamfn. unsalaried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirviṇṇacetasmfn. depressed in mind, meek, resigned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścetanamfn. unconscious, unreasonable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścetanatāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścetasmfn. out of one's senses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścetavyamfn. to be ascertained or established View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyasaṃketam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyasaṃketatilakāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyopetamfn. rightly admitted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaniketam. a foot-stool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaketanam. Name of a son of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍaretaramfn. "other than white", black, dark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍaretaravāsasmfn. dark-robed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpacetasmfn. evil-minded, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramacetasn. all the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretamfn. departed, deceased, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretam. a kind of spectre, a ghost, spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretabhartṛm. "lord of the departed", Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretabhūmif. "place of the departed", a cemetery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretakalpamfn. almost dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretaramfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretarājm. (L.) equals -bhartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paretarājam. () equals -bhartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāretaraṃgiṇiind. beyond the river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetasmfn. faint-hearted, despondent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavyamfn. to be collected together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavya mfn. to be known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricetavyamfn. to be investigated or searched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇetavyamfn. to be led round or married View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇetavyamfn. to be exchanged or bartered against (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parjanyaretas(j/an-) mfn. sprung from the seed of parjanya- id est nourished by rain (as reed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paruṣetaramfn. other than rough, gentle, mild View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavetamfn. elapsed, expired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścimetaramfn. "opposite of west", eastern View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatriketanamfn. "characterised by a bird", (with deva-) Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṣpaketavamfn. (fr. puṣpa-ketu-) relating to the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalāpetamfn. deprived of fruit, unproductive, unfertile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phaletaratāf. the being other than fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalopetamfn. possessing fruit, yielding fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetanamfn. illumining, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) mfn. attentive, observant, mindful, clever, wise (said of the gods, especially of agni- and the āditya-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) mfn. happy, delighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a prajā-pati- (an ancient sage and law-giver) ( pracetassmṛti -smṛti- f.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a prince (son of duduha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a son of duryāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a son of dur-mada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. plural (wrong reading prāc-) Name of the 10 sons of prācīna-barhis- by a daughter of varuṇa- (they are the progenitors of dakṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasm. plural Name of the 10 sons of prācīna-barhis- (= pra-cetas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetasamfn. wrong reading for prāc- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasamfn. relating to varuṇa- (equals pra-cetas-;with āśā- f.the west) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasamfn. descended from pracetas- (m. patronymic of manu-, dakṣa-, and vālmīki-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasamfn. plural equals -cetas- plural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācetasastavam. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetaf. Myrica Sapida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetassmṛtif. pracetas
pragetanamfn. () matutinal, early
pragetanamfn. relating to the next day, future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahetavyamfn. to be sent out or dismissed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāhṇetamāmind. earlier or very early in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāhṇetanamfn. relating to the forenoon, happening in the morning, matutinal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāhṇetarām ind. earlier or very early in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajñāpeta(jñāp-) mfn. destitute of wisdom or knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśetaramfn. "other than visible", invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praketam. (4. cit-) appearance, apparition, sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praketam. perception, intelligence, knowledge (concr. = a knower, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praketanan. appearance, apparition (used to explain prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayopetamfn. possessing candour, frank, open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayopetamind. praṇaya
praṇetavyamfn. to be led or guided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇetavyamfn. to be accomplished or executed or used or applied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇopetamfn. living, alive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathametaramfn. "other than first", the second View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakcetanamfn. one whose thoughts are turned inwards or upon himself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakcetaf. thoughts turned inwards or upon one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyamfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupalabdhacetasmfn. one who has recovered his senses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravicetanan. (4. cit-) comprehending, understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścetanan. atonement, expiation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyopetamfn. idem or 'mfn. equals prāyopaviṣṭa- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretamfn. departed, deceased, dead, a dead person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretam. the spirit of a dead person (especially before obsequial rites are performed), a ghost, an evil being etc. (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretabhakṣiṇīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretabhāvam. the being dead, death (vāya saṃsiddhaḥ-,"ready to die") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretabhāvasthamfn. dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretabhūmif. "place of the dead", a burning-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretacārinm. "roaming among the dead", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretadāham. burning of the dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretadāhāgnim. corpse-fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretadhūmam. smoke of the dead id est of a funeral pile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretagatamfn. gone to the departed, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretagatif. the way of the departed (with gam-,"to die") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretagopam. guardian of the dead (in yama-'s house)
pretagṛhan. "dead-house", a burning-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretahāra() m. equals -niryātaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakalpam. "obsequial ordinance", Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakarmann. an obsequial rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakāryan. equals -karman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakāyam. a dead body, corpse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakṛtyan. idem or 'n. equals -karman- ' (f(ā-). ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakṛtyādinirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretakṛtyanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretalokam. the world of the dead (in which they remain for one year or until the śrāddha- ceremonies are completed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretamañjarīf. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretamedham. a funeral sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretamokṣam. Name of chapter of the māghamāhātmya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretamuktidāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretanadīf. river of the dead (equals vaitaraṇī-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretanaram. a dead man, a ghost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretanātham. "lord of the dead", Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretanirhārakam. idem or 'm. a carrier of dead bodies ' (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaniryātakam. a carrier of dead bodies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapakṣa m. equals pitṛ-p- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapakṣakam. equals pitṛ-p- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapaṭaham. a drum beaten at the burning of the dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapatākāf. a flag used at the burning of the dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapatim. equals -nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapatipaṭaham. " yama-'s drum", drum beaten at the burning of the dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapatnīf. a widow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapātran. a vessel used at a śrāddha- ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapiṇḍabhujmfn. one who partakes of the piṇḍa- (q.v) at a śrāddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapitṛmfn. one whose father is dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapradīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaprasādhanan. adornment of a corpse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapuran. () city of the dead, yama-'s abode. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretapurīf. (),city of the dead, yama-'s abode. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretarājam. equals -nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretarājaniveśanan. yama-'s abode or city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretarājapuran. yama-'s abode or city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretarākṣasīf. Ocimum Sanctum (varia lectio apeta--and a-preta-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretasamkḷptamfn. (food) prepared in honour of the dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretasaṃsthāsee saṃsthā-, parasmE-pada 1121. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaśarīran. the body with which a departed spirit is invested View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaśaucan. () purification after the death of a kinsman. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaśilāf. "stone of the dead", Name of a stone near gayā- on which piṇḍa-s are offered (See piṇḍa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretasparśin() m. equals -niryātaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaśrāddhan. the obsequial ceremonies performed for a relative at death and every month for a year and at every anniversary after death. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretaśuddhif. () purification after the death of a kinsman. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretatvan. being dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretatvan. the state of a ghost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretavāhitamfn. possessed by an evil spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretavanan. "grove of the dead", a burning-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretavaśam. power of the dead (śaṃ--,to put to death) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretavatind. as if dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhaśvetam. "white on the back or on the other side", Name of a kind of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purucetanamfn. visible to many, very conspicuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvāhṇetanamfn. belonging or relating to the forenoon () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapretamfn. gone or flown away before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapretamfn. deceased, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapretam. plural the pitṛ-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapretapūjakamfn. worshipping the pitṛ-s, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvetaramf(ā-)n. "other than eastern", western View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaketanam. "characterized by flower", the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetamf(-)n. red-yellow-blackish white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetam. red-yellow-blackish whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇāpetamfn. flying away from battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasasaṃketam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasasaṃketakalikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
reta equals retas-, semen virile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retain compound for retas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥkulyāf. a stream or river of semen virile (in a particular hell) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥpātam. effusion of semen virile on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥpātinmfn. discharging semen, having sexual intercourse with (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥpītamfn. one who has swallowed semen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥsekam. idem or 'n. discharge of semen ' , sexual intercourse with (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥsektṛm. "impregnator", one who has offspring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥsicmfn. discharging semen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥsicf. Name of particular iṣṭakā-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥsicyan. discharge of semen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥskandana() n. effusion of semen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retaḥskhalana() n. effusion of semen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retajamfn. born from (one's own) seed, one's own or beloved (son) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retanan. semen virile
retasn. ( ri-, -) a flow, stream, current, flow of rain or water, libation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasn. flow of semen, seminal fluid, sperm, seed etc. (retaḥ-sic-or ni-sic-or ā-dhā-with locative case,"to discharge semen into", impregnate; reto-dhā- ,to conceive; retaso 'nte-,after the discharge of semen) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasn. offspring, progeny, descendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasn. quicksilver (regirded as śiva-'s semen) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasn. sin (?) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasa(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals retas- (see agni--and kapota-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasvatmfn. (r/etas--) possessed of seed, prolific, impregnating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasvatm. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasvinmfn. abounding in seed, prolific, productive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasyamf(ā-)n. conveying seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasyāf. (with or without ṛc-) Name of the first verse of the bahiṣ-pavamāna- stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛśyaketana m. Name of a-niruddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpaguṇopetamfn. endowed with it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabalacetanamfn. disturbed in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyetaramfn. "other than refined", vulgar, indecorous, opposite to good manners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacetanamfn. having reason or consciousness or feeling, sentient, sensible, animate, rational View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacetasmfn. (s/a--) having the same mind, unanimous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacetasmfn. conscious, intelligent, rational View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadṛśaśvetamfn. equally white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgaradhīracetasmfn. one whose mind is as firm or as deep as the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahajetaramfn. other than natural, not innate or inherent or congenital, accidental View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracetas(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand aspects or appearances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraretas(sah/asra--) mfn. having thousand fold seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saketamfn. (s/a--) having the same intention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saketam. Name of an āditya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketan. Name of the city ayodhyā- or Oude (prob. also of other cities) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketam. plural the inhabitants of sāketa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketakamfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa dhūmādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketamāhātmyan. Name of work (also called ayodhyā-māhātmya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketanan. the city of Saketa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāketapurāṇa n. Name of work (also called ayodhyā-māhātmya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilacaraketanam. "fish-bannered", the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samacetasmfn. equals -citta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanvayapradīpasaṃketam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetamfn. come together, met, assembled, united, all etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetamfn. closely connected with, contained or comprised or inherent in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetamfn. approached, come to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetatvan. the state of being intimately related or connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sametamfn. come together, assembled, joined, united etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sametamfn. connected or united or furnished with, possessed of (instrumental case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sametamfn. encountered, come into collision with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sametamfn. come near or to, got into any state or condition (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sametamāyamfn. affected by or possessing illusions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhananabalopetamfn. endowed with firmness and strength View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhananopetamfn. endowed with strength or muscularity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. (fr. saṃ-cit-) agreement, compact, stipulation, assignation with (genitive case, especially with a lover) , engagement, appointment (accusative with kṛ-,or grah-or -or Causal of kḷp-,"to make an agreement or appointment"or"appoint a place of meeting with any person"[gen. or instrumental case or instrumental case with saha-, samam-, mithaḥ-]; in the beginning of a compound"according to agreement","by appointment") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. convention, consent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. intimation, hint, allusion, preconcerted sign or signal or gesture (accusative with kṛ-,"to give a signal") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. a short explanation of a grammatical rule (= 2. śailī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. condition, provision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. Name of a commentator or commentary on the kāvya-prakāśa- and on the harṣa-carita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketam. plural Name of a people (see sāketa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketabhūmif. equals -ketana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketacandrodayam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketagraham. () making an agreement. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketagrahaṇan. () making an agreement. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketagṛhakam. or n. (in Prakrit) equals -ketana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketahetum. motive for an appointment or meeting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketakam. an agreement, appointment, rendezvous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketakaumudīf. Name of work
saṃketaketanan. a place of assignation, place appointed for meeting (a lover etc.), rendezvous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketaketanan. idem or 'm. an agreement, appointment, rendezvous ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketamilitamfn. met by appointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketaniketam. () equals -ketana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketaniketanan. () equals -ketana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketapaddhatif. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketapūrvakamind. by agreement or appointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketarutapraveśam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketaśikṣāf. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketastavam. (with śākta-s) a particular hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketasthamf(ā-)n. appearing by appointment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketasthānan. equals -ketana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketasthānan. an object agreed upon by signs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketasthānan. a sign, signal, intimation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketatrayan. Name of tantra- works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketavākyan. a preconcerted word, watchword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketayaNom. P. yati-, to agree upon, appoint (a time etc.) ; to be informed, learn ; to invite, call ; to counsel, advise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketayāmalan. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammetam. (see sameta-and next) Name of a mountain
sammūḍhacetasmfn. troubled or infatuated in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samopetamfn. (for sam-ā-up-,5. i-) furnished or endowed with, possessed of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparetamfn. liable to die View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparetamfn. deceased, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparetaSee column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsaktacetasmfn. (equals -manas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayopetamfn. possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuccetavyamfn. to be taken together or collectively (id est one equally with the other) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudānetavyamfn. to be brought near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudetamfn. (see 2. sam-udita-above) excelling in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudetamfn. possessed of all good qualities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupetamfn. come together etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupetamfn. come, arrived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupetamfn. furnished or supplied with, abounding in (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvicetavyamfn. (2. ci- see vi-cetavya-,p.959) to be entirely separated or kept apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyatacetasmfn. controlled in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyuktasamavetasamavāyam. inherence in that which inheres in the connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntacetasmfn. tranquil-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntacetasmfn. composed in mind, calm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saretas(s/a--) mfn. having semen, possessing seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpetarajanam. plural the serpent-race and the itara-jana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaguṇopetamfn. endowed with every good quality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvākaraprabhākaravaropetam. Name of particular samādhi-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvāmiguṇopetamfn. endowed with all the qualities of a master View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvetamfn. (s/arva--) entirely white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvetamfn. whitest of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasaṃketamfn. one with whom an agreement has been made or who is privy to any secret compact View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyetaran. untruth, falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauparṇaketavamfn. relating or belonging to viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvarṇaretasam. patronymic fr. suvarṇa-retasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvetasam. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaramfn. "other than left", right etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaran. a particular mode of fighting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaratasind. left and right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
setaf. gaRa nady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
setavyaSee column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
setavyamfn. to be bound or fastened together varia lectio View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghracetanamfn. having quick intellect, very sagacious (as a dog) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghracetanam. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītetaramfn. other than cold, hot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetaramfn. "other than white", black, dark, blue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetaramfn. white and black View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetaram. a kind of dark-coloured rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetaram. Dolichos Uniflorus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītetarācism. "hot-rayed", the sun. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetaragatim. "having a black course", fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītetararaśmim. "hot-rayed", the sun. (L.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitetarasarojan. a blue lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivetaramfn. "other than propitious", malignant, inauspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smetavyamfn. to be smiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtivākyāpetam. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtyapetamfn. departed from memory, forgotten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtyapetamfn. illegal, unjust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spaṣṭetaramfn. "other than clear", indistinct, unintelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreyaḥketa(śr/eyaḥ--) mfn. striving after excellence or superiority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketam. "abode of beauty", a paragon of beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketam. a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketan. the resin of Pinus Longifolia, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketanam. "dwelling with śrī-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketanan. equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotrāpetamfn. equals śrotra-hīna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalavetasam. Calamus Rotang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracetas() mfn. firm-minded, steady, resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitasaṃketamfn. idem or 'mfn. faithful to an agreement, keeping a promise ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhetaramfn. other than auspicious, unlucky, unfortunate, evil, bad, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucetanamfn. very notable, distinguished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucetasmfn. having great intelligence, sapient, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucetasmfn. well-minded, benevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucetasm. Name of a son of gṛtsa-mada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sucetasm. of a son of pracetas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugatacetaf. Name of a Buddhist nun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sujanetaramaitrīf. the friendship of a bad man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suketamfn. having good intentions, benevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suketam. Name of an āditya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suketanam. Name of a son of sunītha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhāpetamfn. gradually deprived of pleasure (as opp. to sukhād-ap-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhetamfn. affected by joy Va1rtt. 6 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhetaramfn. other than happy, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhetaran. plural joys and sorrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukletaramfn. other than white, black, dirty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulabhetaramfn. other than easy to be attained etc., difficult, rare, dear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supracetasmfn. very wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraketamfn. very bright, conspicuous, notable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraketamfn. very attentive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraketamfn. (-pr/aketa-) very considerate or wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suretaram. "other than a Sura", an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suretasmfn. having much semen, potent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaketaf. a kind of plant, (or) a ketakī- made of gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaretasmfn. having golden semen (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaretasam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaretasam. plural his descendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvetasam. a good reed or cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svābhāviketaramf(ā-)n. not natural or inherent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svacetasn. one's own mind (-,"out of one's own head") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapnaniketanan. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svargahetauind. for the sake of heaven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarṇaketaf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarṇaretasmfn. having golden seed (said of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayamupetamfn. approached of one's own accord View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamf(-or śvenī-)n. white, dressed, in white, bright (with p/arvata- m."snow-mountain" ;with kaṭākṣa- m."a bright side-glance" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. white (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a white horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a small white shell, cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a silver coin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a white cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. the planet Venus or its regent śukra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a particular comet (see -ketu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a particular plant (equals jīvaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. cumin seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of a serpent-demon (with vaidārva-or vaidārvya-or vaidarvya-;others give śvaita-vaidārava-as signifying "a particular deity connected with the sun")
śvetam. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a daitya- (son of vipra-citti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a particular avatāra- of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a pupil of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a manifestation of viṣṇu- in his varāha- incarnation (worshipped in a particular part of India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a rājarṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a son of the king sudeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a son of vapuṣmat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a mythical elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of the sixth range of mountains dividing the known continent (the white or"snowy"mountains separating the varṣa-s of hiraṇmaya- and ramyaka-) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of one of the minor dvīpa-s or divisions of the world (see -dvīpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a small white shell, cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of various plants (according to to the birch tree, a white bignonia, Boerhavia Procumbens, Achyranthes Atropurpurea etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. alum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. white or candied sugar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. bamboo-manna View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a mystical term for the letter s- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of the mother of the elephant śveta- (or śaṅkha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. the white of the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. the growing white (of the hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. butter-milk and water mixed half and half View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabalāf. the white balā- (a kind of plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabarbaran. a kind of sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhadram. Name of a guhyaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhaṇḍāf. a white-flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhānumfn. white-rayed (as the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhānum. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhasmann. a particular preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhikṣum. a kind of mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhiṇḍāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhujaṃgam. Name of an incarnation of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabindukāf. a girl with white spots (and there fore unfit for marriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabṛhatīf. a kind of white Vartaki or egg-plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabuhnāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacampakam. a kind of Campaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacandanan. white sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacaraṇam. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. "white-winged"or"white-leaved", a goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. Ocymum Album View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattran. a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattramfn. having a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattrāyaNom. to resemble a white umbrella (yita- mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattrinmfn. having a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacillīf. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacillikā f. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. (only ) "having white lustre", the moon
śvetadhāmanm. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. cuttle-fish bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. Achyranthes Atropurpurea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. a white-flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. opal or chalcedony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. any white mineral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadrumam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadūrvāf. white dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvipam. a white elephant or indra-'s elephant airāvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpamn. "white island", Name of a mythical abode of the blessed etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpamn. of a sacred place near kāśī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpam. England View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble the white isle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadyutim. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagajam. a white elephant or the elephant of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagaṅgāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagarut() () m. "white-winged", a goose. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagaruta() m. "white-winged", a goose. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghaṇṭāf. a kind of plant (equals nāgadantī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghaṇṭīf. See mahā-śveta-gh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghoṣāf. a white ghoṣā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagirim. white mountain, snowy range of hills (See under śveta-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagirimāhātmyan. Name of chs. of two purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagodhūmam. a kind of wheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagokarṇīf. Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaguṇavatmfn. possessed of the quality of whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaguñjāf. a white variety of Abrus Precatorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahanum. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. a white elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. Name of airāvata- (elephant of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahayam. a white horse (Name of the horse of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahayam. "having white horse", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahūṇam. plural the white Huns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetairaṇḍam. white Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetajalaName of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetajīrakam. white cumin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakamfn. whitish, white (applied to the 7th unknown quantity ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakam. a cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākam. a white crow id est any very unusual thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākīyamfn. relating to a white crow, rare, unusual, unheard of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakalpam. a particular kalpa- or world-period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakamalan. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāmbojīf. a white variety of Abrus Precatorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakandam. Allium Cepa or Ascalonicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakandāf. Aconitum Ferox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāṇḍāf. white dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakaṇṭakārīf. a species of plant (= priyaṃkarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakaṇṭhinmfn. white-necked (as a jar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakapotam. a kind of mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakapotam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāpotīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakarṇam. Name of a son of satya-karṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakeśam. white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakeśam. a kind of red-flowering Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. (śvet/a--) Name of a comet (also called uddālaka-śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. a jaina- saint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. Name of auddālaki- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of āruṇeya- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of a son of sena-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of gautama- buddha- as a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakhadiram. a white variety of the khadira- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakim. Name of an ancient king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakiṇihīf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakola m. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakolakam. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakṛṣṇāf. a kind of venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakṣāram. white nitre, saltpetre, alkali View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakukṣim. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuñjaram. "white-elephant", indra-'s elephant airāvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuśam. white kuśa-, grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhan. white leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhamfn. suffering from white leprosy ( śvetakuṣṭhatva -tva- n.) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhatvan. śvetakuṣṭha
śvetalodhram. a kind of lodhra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetalohitam. Name of a muni- (a pupil of śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamādhava() () n. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamādhavatīrtha() n. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamadhyam. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamahoṭikāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamālam. "having white wreaths", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamālam. smoke (prob. w.r. for khatam-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamaṇḍalam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamandāra() () m. a kind of tree., View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamandāraka() m. a kind of tree., View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamāṇḍavyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamaricam. a kind of Moringa Pterygosperma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of the Hyperanthera Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. white pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamayūkham. "white-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetameha wrong reading for śīta-m- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamodam. Name of a demon who causes diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamṛdf. white clay, (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūlam. () () Boerhavia Procunibens. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūlāf. () Boerhavia Procunibens. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūtramfn. having white urine ( śvetamūtratā -- f.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūtratāf. śvetamūtra
śvetaf. dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanāmanm. Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanīlamfn. white and black View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanīlam. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanyaṅgamfn. having a white mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapādam. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapadman. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapākīf. a kind of plant or its fruit gaRa harītaky-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapakṣamfn. white-winged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇāf. pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇāsam. white basil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparvatam. "white mountain", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapaṭam. Name of a jaina- teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapaṭam. plural Name of a jaina- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapāṭalāf. a white-flowering variety of Bingnonia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattran. a white feather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattram. "white-feathered", a goose (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattrāf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattraratham. "whose vehicle is a goose", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaphalāf. a kind of plant Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṇḍītakam. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgam. "white and tawny", a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalamfn. tawny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalakam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapītalam. yellow-whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapītalamf(ā-)n. yellow-white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaprasūnakamfn. having white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaprasūnakam. Tapia Crataeva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapunarnavāf. white-flowering hogweed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṅkhāf. a kind of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpan. a white flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpamf(ī-)n. white-flowering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpam. Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpāf. Name of various plants (Crataea Roxburghii;a white-flowering species of Clitoria Ternatea;Artemisia Vulgaris or Alpinia Nutans;colocynth;a white-flowering variety of Vitex Negundo; equals ghoṣātakī-or nāga-dantī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpam. (ī-), d. a white -flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakamfn. having white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakam. white oleander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakam. Nerium Odorum (the white variety) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpikāf. two kinds of plant (equals putra-dātrī-or equals mahā-saṇapuṣpikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarājīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraktam. pale redness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraktamfn. pale-red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarañjanan. "white-coloured", lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarasam. butter-milk and water mixed in equal parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraśmim. Name of a gandharva- transformed into a white elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarāsnāf. the white rāsnā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaratham. a white chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaratham. "having a white car", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarāvakam. Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarocism. "having white light", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarohitam. "white and red", Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarohitam. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaromann. white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaromāṅkam. a spot of white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarūpyan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśailam. a snow-mountain (or Name of a rangeSee under śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśailamayamf(ī-)n. made of white stone or marble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśālam. white rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. Acacia Catechu or a white-flowering species of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. Mimosa Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśarapuṅkhāf. a kind of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. a white snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. Tapia Crataeva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarṣapam. white mustard, a grain of white mustard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasiddham. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśigrum. a white-flowering variety of Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśikham. Name of a pupil of śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśimbikāf. white bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasiṃhīf. a kind of pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśiṃśapāf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśīrṣam. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaspandāf. Clitoria Ternatea or a white-flowering variety of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśṛṅgam. "having white awns", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśuṅgam. "having white awns", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśūraṇam. a kind of bulbous plant (= vana-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasurasāf. a white -flowering variety of the Vitex Negundo or Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśyāmamfn. white and black (applied to a side-glance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaf. whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetataṇḍulam. a kind of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaṭaṅkaka n. a kind of borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaṭaṅkaṇan. a kind of borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetatantrīf. a kind of stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetatapasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetataram. plural Name of a school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetauhīf. the wife of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetauhīSee śveta-vah-, columns 1, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavacāf. Name of two kinds of plant (equals ativiṣā-or equals śukla-vacā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavahmfn. (Nominal verb -vāḥ-; instrumental case -vāhā-[?] or śvetau- dual number -vobhyām-; f. -vāhī-[?] or śvetau-) borne by white horses vArttika
śvetavahm. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhSee -vah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhamfn. driving white horses or drawn by white horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāham. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāham. of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. a marine monster (equals makara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. a form of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of bhadrāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of a son of rājādhideva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of a son of śūra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhīf. the wife of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhinm. "borne by white horses", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. a white horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. "having white horses", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavaktram. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavalkalam. white bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavalkalam. Ficus Glomerata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāham. a particular kalpa-, the first day in the month of brahmā- (also śvetavārāhakalpa ha-kalpa-m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāham. Name of chapter of the vāyu-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāhakalpam. śvetavārāha
śvetavārāhatīrthsan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārijan. a white lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavarṇamfn. white-coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavarṇāf. chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārttākīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāsasm. an ascetic who wears white garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavastrinmfn. white-clad, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavatsā(śvet/a-.) f. (a cow) having a white calf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavratam. plural a particular sect (prob. for -paṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavṛkṣam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svetavyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is easy to be gone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayaNom. P. yati- equals śvetāśvam ācaṣṭe- or śvetāśvenātikrāmati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayatmfn. making white, whitening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayāvarīf. white-flowing, (or) Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetamf(śy/enī-,or śyetā-)n. (prob. connected with śveta- q.v) reddish white, white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. white (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. a woman with a lily-white complexion (equals kumuda-pattrābhā-)
śyetakolakam. the saphara- fish, Cyprinus Saphore (commonly called Punti) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarṣacetasmfn. eagerly desirous of (arthe- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triḥśvetamf(ā-)n. white on 3 spots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṇāciketamfn. one who has thrice kindled the nāciketa- fire or studied the nāciketa- section of (nārāyaṇa- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṇāciketam. plural Name of 3 anuvāka-s of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśyetamf(ā-)n. equals triḥ-śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇaketaf. a kind of Tabashir View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataetamf(en/ī-)n. variegated on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. "receiving wages from both", a spy who seemingly enters the enemy's service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. a perfidious or treacherous servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanatvan. the state of receiving wages from both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchrayopetamfn. possessing height, high, lofty, elevated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracetasmfn. high-minded, magnanimous. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udriktacetasmfn. high-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udriktacetasmfn. intoxicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvignacetasmfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvignacetasmfn. sorrowful, anxious, distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugraretasm. a form of rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unnetavyamfn. to be inferred commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upametam. the tree Vatica Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upametam. (vṛkṣāṇāṃ madhye tasya sarvoccatvād anyasyopomānatāṃ prāptatvāt tathātvam- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanetavyamfn. to be brought near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanetavyamfn. to be applied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself to, approached (for protection), arrived at, abiding in etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. one who has obtained or entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken (exempli gratia, 'for example' a vow) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. come to, fallen to the share of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. (a pupil) who has approached (a teacher) , initiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with, having, possessing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetamfn. one who has approached (a woman sexually) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetapūrvamfn. one who has gone to a teacher before, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upetavyamfn. to be set about or commenced commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uragāriketanam. "having garuḍa- as symbol", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretamfn. () keeping the semen above, living in chastity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretam. of bhīṣma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretasmfn. keeping the semen above, living in chastity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretasm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretasm. of bhīṣma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretastīrthan. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaretatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utketanan. a raised flag, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiketanan. birth-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsavasaṃketam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaretaf. (scilicet diś-) "other or opposite to the northern", the southern quarter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgapetamfn. destitute of speech, dumb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahniretasm. "fire-semen", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairocananiketanan. "abode of bali-", the lower regions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakretaramfn. "other than crooked", straight, not curled (as hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmetaramfn. "different from left", right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vānaraketanam. "monkey-bannered", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanopetamfn. one who has retired to the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyetaramfn. different from wild, tame, civilized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāṅgarūpopetamfn. handsome and well shaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāṅgarūpopetamfn. (according to to others, "shaped like an elephant") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇāpetamfn. equals varṇa-hīna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varnopetamfn. having tribe or caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasuretasm. fire or the god of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasuretasm. Name of śiva- (also taḥ-su-vapuḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vatsapracetasmfn. mindful of vatsa- or the vatsa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuretasm. Name of one of the 7 ṛṣi-s (See -cakra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetam. (prob. corrupted fr. vetra-;butSee ) a cane, reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. (according to to fr. -,but rather connected with vṛt-; see vartana-) wages, hire, salary, subsistence, livelihood etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. price View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanabhujm. "earning wages", a servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanadānan. the paying of wages, hiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanādānan. non-payment of wages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanajīvinmfn. subsisting by wages, stipendiary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaṇḍam. (see vitaṇḍa-, vedaṇḍa-, vega-daṇḍa-) an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaṇḍāf. a form of durgā- (varia lectio for vetālā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaninmfn. receiving wages, stipendiary (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', exempli gratia, 'for example' kupya-v-,receiving bad pay) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. (see veta-and vetra-) the ratan (Calamus Rotang) or a similar kind of cane, a reed, rod, stick etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. the citron (CitrusMedica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasan. a lancet shaped like a pointed leaf of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasan. Name of a city [ confer, compare according to to some, Greek ; Latin vitis; German wi7da,Weide; English withy.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasagṛhan. an arbour formed of reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasakam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio cet-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasamālinmfn. wreathed with reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasāmlam. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasaparikṣiptamfn. (an arbour) fenced or enclosed by reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapattran. the leaf of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapattran. a lancet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapuṣpan. the blossom of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasaśākhāf. a branch of reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasavṛttimfn. acting or pliant as a reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaf. the ratan, cane, reed (-taru- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasikāf. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasinīf. Name of a river (see vedasinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasum. Name of a man or of an asura- (plural his descendants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvatmfn. abounding in reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvatmfn. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvin masculine, feminine and neuter; or adjective = vat-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhetavyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is to be feared (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhetaram. "other than a god", an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetanamf(ā-)n. (for 2.See under vi-cit-) senseless, unconscious, absent-minded etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetanamf(ā-)n. inanimate, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetanamf(ā-)n. foolish, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetanaSee a-vicetan/a-. 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetana vi-cetas- etc. See under vi-- 4. cit-, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetaf. rendering unconscious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetasmfn. (v/i--) (for 2.See vi-cit-) absent-minded, confounded, perplexed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetasmfn. ignorant, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetasmfn. (v/i--) visible, clearly seen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetasmfn. discerning, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicetavyamfn. to be searched or examined or investigated or found out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvalacetana() mfn. distressed in mind, low-spirited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvalacetas() mfn. distressed in mind, low-spirited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijetavyamfn. to be subdued or overcome or restrained or controlled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikretavyamfn. to be sold, saleable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimūḍhacetas mfn. () foolish-minded, simple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniketamfn. having no fixed abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniyatacetasmfn. one who has a controlled or regulated mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītacetasmfn. () contrary-minded, having a perverted mind or impaired mental faculties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipretamfn. gone asunder or away, dispersed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viraletaramfn. "other than wide apart", dense, thick, close View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīravetasam. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣaṇṇacetasmfn. dejected in mind, low-spirited, downcast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrastacetasmfn. one whose spirit is dejected (Bombay edition vi-dhvasta-c-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaretasm. (?)"seed of all things" , Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaretasm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vividhopetamfn. (equals vi-vidha-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viviktacetasmfn. pure-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratopetamfn. one who has undertaken a religious vow, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding vr/ā- (according to to some also,"a woman, especially a wanton or lustful woman"). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣamūlaniketanamfn. dwelling at the roots of trees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣavāsyaniketam. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣaketanam. "having a bull for a sign", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣarājaketanam. "having the king of bulls for a sign", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttasaṃketamfn. one who has given his consent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghraśvetam. Name of a yātudhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākulacetas() mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākulitacetanamfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetamfn. gone apart or asunder, separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetamfn. passed away, disappeared, ceased etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') opposed to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetabhayamfn. free from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetabhīmfn. free from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetadhairyamfn. one who has abandoned firmness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetaghṛṇamfn. devoid of compassion, pitiless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetaharṣamfn. devoid of joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetakalmaṣamfn. having taint or guilt removed, free from sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapetamadamatsaramfn. free from infatuation and selfishness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsajyacetamfn. attached (in mind) to
vyavetamfn. separated, divided (especially by insertion of a letter) ( vyavetatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavetatvan. vyaveta
vyāvṛttacetasmfn. one whose mind is turned away from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñāpetam. "destitute of sacrifice", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñaretasn. "seed of sacrifice", the soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñopeta wrong reading for yajñ/ap/eta-.
yatacetasmfn. restrained or subdued in mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābhipretamfn. (thābh-) as wished or intended or desired See a-y- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābhipretamind. (am-) according to one's (genitive case) desire or wish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathetam(thā-+ 1. eta-) ind. as come View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
Results for eta76 results
eta एत a. (एता, एनी f. P.IV.1.39.) Of a variegated colour; shining. -2 Come, arrived. -3 Going, flowing. -तः 1 A deer or antelope; -2 The hide of a deer. -3 A variegated colour. -ता A hind; Mb.3.
etad एतद् pron. a. (m. एषः, f. एषा, n. एतद्) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (समीपतरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम्); एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of इदम् the sense of 'here'; एष पृच्छामि, एष कथयामि Mu.3. here I ask &c.; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि Sk.; एषो$स्मि कामन्दकी संवृत्तः Māl.1; एते नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5. In this sense एतद् is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; एषो$हं कार्यवशादायोध्यिकस्तदानींतनश्च संवृत्तः U.1. -2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; एतद् (शवला) मे धनम्; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; एतदेव गुरुषु वृत्तिः Ms.2.26. -3 It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with इदम् or any other pronoun; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः Ms.3.147; इति यदुक्तं तदेतच्चिन्त्यम्; एतानीमानि, एते ते &c. -4 It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; प्रच्छन्नवञ्चकास्त्वेते ये स्तेनाटविकादयः Ms.9.257. ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note:- एतद् appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. ˚अतिरिक्त Besides this. ˚अनन्तर immediately after this; ˚अन्त ending thus; ˚अर्थः this matter; ˚अर्थे on this account, therefore; ˚अवधि to this limit, so far; ˚अवस्थ a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -कालः the present time. -कालीन a. belonging to the present time. -क्षणात् ind. hence-forth. -द्वितीय a. one who does anything for the second time. -पर a. Intent on or absorbed in this. -प्रथम a. one who does anything for the first time. -योनिन् a. having one's origin in that. एतद्योनीनि भूतानि Bg.7.6.
etadīya एतदीय a. Belonging to this.
etagva एतग्व a. 1 Going on their way (said of the horses of gods). -2 Variegated. -ग्वः A horse of a variegated colour.
etanaḥ एतनः 1 Breath. -2 A species of fish. (Silurus Pebrius)
etarhi एतर्हि ind. 1 Now, at this time, at present, now-a-days; Bṛi. Up.1.4.1. Ki.1.32. एतर्हि द्युमणिमणीमयीं हसन्तीम् । सेवन्ते किमु ककुभः ...... Rām. Ch.7.53. -2 Then (correlative to यर्हि). -3 A certain measure of time = 15 idānims or one-fifteenth of a Kṣipra; cf. इदानीम्. एतादृश्, -दृक्ष, -दृश् (-शी, -क्षी) a. 1 Such, such like; सर्वे$पि नैतादृशाः Bh.2.51. अस्थाने पततामतीव महतामे- तादृशी स्याद् गतिः । Udb. -2 Of this kind, similar to this.
etaśa एतश a. Ved. Of a variegated colour, shining; येन वृश्चादेतशो ब्रह्मणस्पतिः Rv.1.53.9. -शः A dappled horse (particularly the horses of the sun).
etaśas एतशस् m. 1 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 A horse.
acetana अचेतन a. [न. ब.] Inanimate, not sentient, irrational; चेतन ˚नेषु Me.5; ˚नं ब्रह्म inanimate Brahman; ˚नं नाम गुणं न लक्षयेत् Ś.6.13 destitute of life, lifeless (object &c.); ˚नेष्वपि चेतनावदुपचारः Mbh. -2 Not conscious, insensible; senseless; निराशा निहते पुत्रे दत्ता श्राद्ध- मचेतना Rām.6.92.55. बुद्धिशतमचेतने नष्टम् H.2.14.
acetas अचेतस् a. [न. ब.] Destitute of consciousness; insensible, inanimate, lifeless.
anapeta अनपेत a. 1 Not gone off, not past; अनपेतकालं कथयां- बभूवुः Ki.6.3 without loss of time, without delay. -2 Not deviating from, faithful to, not leaving (with abl.); अर्थादनपेतम् अर्थ्यम् Sk.; धर्मपथ्यर्थन्यायादनपेते P.IV. 4.92. See अपेत also. -3 Not devoid of, possessed of; ऐश्वर्यादनपेतमीश्वरमयं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14.
aniketa अनिकेत a. Houseless, vagrant; having no fixed abode (as a recluse); अनग्निरनिकेतः स्यान्मुनिर्मूलफलाशनः Ms.6.25,43.
anupeta अनुपेत a. 1 Not endowed with. -2 Not invested with the sacred thread (अनुपनीत). यं प्रव्रजन्तमनुपेतमपेत- कृत्यम् Bhāg.1.2.2.
apeta अपेत p. p. Gone away, disappeared; अपेतयुद्धाभिनिवेश- सौम्यः Śi.3.1. -2 Departing or deviating from, swerving from, contrary (with abl.); अर्थादनपेतं अर्थ्यम् P.IV. 4.92 Sk. (धर्मपथ्यर्थन्यायादनपेते); स़्मृत्यपेतादिकारिणः Y.2.4. -3 Free from, devoid of, deprived of (with abl. or in comp.); सुखादपेतः Sk.; उदवहदनवद्यां तामवद्यादपेतः R.7.7 faultless; ˚ भीः Ms.7.197; भर्तर्यपेततमसि प्रभुता तवैव Ś.7.32 free from (mental) darkness. -Comp. -राक्षसी N. of a plant, Ocimum Sanctum (तुलसी) (अस्याः राक्षसतुल्यपापा- दिहरणात्तन्नामत्वम्).
apracetas अप्रचेतस् a. Ved. Deficient in understanding, foolish, stupid; Av.2.128.2.
apretarākṣasī अप्रेतराक्षसी = अपेतराक्षसी q. v.
abhipreta अभिप्रेत p. p. 1 Meant, aimed at, intended; designed; अत्रायमर्थो$भिप्रेतः; किमभिप्रेतमनया Bh.3.67; निवेदयाभिप्रेतम् Pt.1. -2 Wished, desired; यथाभिप्रेतमनुष्ठीयताम् H.1. -3 Approved, accepted; पूर्वैरयमभिप्रेतो गतो मार्गो$नुगम्यते Rām. -4 Dear or agreeable to, favourite with, beloved; धर्मस्तवाभिप्रेतः Dk.42; S.6. -5 Wishing. -तम् Intellectual nature (बुद्धिवृत्तिः); त्वं प्रभास्त्वमभिप्रेतम् Mb.1.23.18.
ānetavya आनेतव्य a. To be brought.
upanetavya उपनेतव्य pot. p. 1 To be brought near; एष स चिरदृष्टः कथमुपनेतव्यः M.2.4. -2 To be employed or observed &c.
upameta उपमेतः The tree Vatica Robusta, Śāla tree (Mar. साग).
upeta उपेत p. p. 1 Come near, approached, arrived at; लोकाश्च वो मयोपेता देवा अप्यनुमन्वते Bhāg.1.23.32. -2 Present. -3 Endowed with, possessed of, having; with instr. or in comp.; पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनवाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -4 Blockaded. -5 Fallen into. -6 Approached for sexual gratification.
karketanaḥ कर्केतनः नम् A kind of gem or precious stone.
keta केत a. [कित्-आधारे घञ्) Knowing, learned. -तः 1 A house, abode; अनन्यमेकं जगदात्मकेतं भवापवर्गाय भजाम देवम् Bhāg.1.63.44. -2 Living, habitation. -3 A banner. -4 Will, intention, desire. -5 Summons, invitation. -6 Apparition, form, shape. -7 Wealth. -8 Atmosphere, sky. -9 Intellect, judgment.
ketakaḥ केतकः [कित् निवासे ण्वुल्] 1 N. of a plant; प्रतिभान्त्यद्य वनानि केतकानाम् Ghaṭ.15. -2 A banner. -कम् A flower of the Ketaka plant; केतकैः सूचिभिन्नैः Me.23; R.6.17; 13.16. -की 1 N. of a plant (= केतक); हसितमिव विधत्ते सूचिभिः केतकीनाम् Ṛs.2.23. -2 A flower of that plant; मालाः कदम्बनवकेसरकेतकीभिरायोजिताः शिरसि बिभ्रति योषितो$द्य Ṛs.2.2.
ketanam केतनम् [कित्-ल्युट्] 1 A house, an abode; अकलित- महिमानः केतनं मङ्गलानाम् Māl.2.9; मम मरणमेव वरमतिवितथके- तना Gīt.7. -2 An invitation, summons; Mb.13.23.12- 16. -3 Place, site; सौवर्णभित्ति संकेतकेतनं संपदामिव Ks.26.44. -4 A flag, banner; भग्नं भीमेन मरुता भवतो रथकेतनम् Ve.2. 23; Śi.14.28; R.9.39. -5 A sign, symbol; as in मकरकेतन. -6 An indispensable act (also religious); निवापाञ्जलिदानेन केतनैः श्राद्धकर्मभिः । तस्योपकारे शक्तस्त्वं किं जीवन् किमुतान्यथा Ve.3.16. -7 A spot, mark. -8 The body; तस्यां तु वानरो दिव्यः सिंहशार्दूलकेतनः Mb.1.225.15; Bhāg. 4.24.68; Gīt.7.5.
ketayati केतयति Den. P. 1 To summon, call, invite. -2 To advise, counsel. -3 To fix or appoint a time. -4 To hear, -5 To show, indicate; U.6.24.
cetaka चेतक a. 1 Causing to think. -2 What thinks or feels, sentient. -की N. of a plant. (हरीतकी).
cetana चेतन a. (-नी f.) [चित् -ल्यु] 1 Animate, alive, living, sentient, feeling; चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5 animate and inanimate. -2 Visible, conspicuous, distinguished. -नः 1 A sentient being, a man. -2 Soul, mind. -3 The supreme soul. -4 An animal in general. -ना 1 Sense, consciousness; चुलुकयति मदीयां चेतनां चञ्चरीकः R. G.; U.3.31; Māl.9.12; R.12.74; चेतनां प्रतिपद्यते regains one's consciousness. -2 Understanding, intelligence; पश्चिमाद्यामिनीयामात्प्रसादमिव चेतना R.17.1; ... शास्ताखानो$ल्प- चेतनः Śiva. B.29.9. -3 Life, vitality, animation; Bg.13.6. -4 Wisdom, reflection. -नम् Appearance. -2 The thinking principle, the mind; अच्युतचेतनः Bhāg.9.15.41.
cetanāvat चेतनावत् a. Animate, having consciousness.
cetas चेतस् n. [चित् करणे असुन्] 1 Consciousness, sense. -2 Thinking soul; वरं वरय राजर्षे क्व ते चेतो निरूप्यताम् Rām.7.57.13; reasoning faculty; संप्रमथ्येन्द्रियग्रामं प्रनष्टा सह चेतसा Mb.1.125.11; चेतोभिराकूतिभिरातनोति Bhāg.5.11.4. -3 The mind, heart, soul; चेतः प्रसादयति Bh.2.23; गच्छति पुरः शरीरं धावति पश्चादसंस्तुतं चेतः Ś.1.34. -4 Will. -Comp. -जन्मन्, -भवः, -भूः m. 1 love, passion. -2 the god of love. चेतोजन्मशरप्रसृनमधुभिर्व्यामिश्रतामाश्रयत् N. -विकारः disturbance of the mind, emotion, agitation.
naciketas नचिकेतस् m. 1 An epithet of Agni. -2 N. of the son of Vājaśravas. He secured Brahmavidyā from Yamadharma (see Kaṭhopaniṣat); उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ । तस्य ह नचिकेता नाम पुत्र आस । Kaṭh. Up.
nāciketa नाचिकेतः 1 Fire; ततो मया नाचिकेतश्चितो$ग्निरनित्यैर्द्रव्यैः Kaṭha 1.2.1. -तम् N. of an उपाख्यान; नाचिकेतमुपाख्यानं मृत्युप्रोक्तं सनातनम् । उक्त्वा श्रुत्वा च मेधावी ब्रह्मलोके महीयते ॥ Kaṭh.1.3.16.
niketa निकेतः तकः 1 A house, habitation, mansion, abode; श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33;14.58; Bg.12.19; Ku.5.25; Ms.6.26; Śi.5.26. -2 A mark, countersign. -3 A stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; Mb.3.
niketanaḥ निकेतनः An onion. -नम् 1 A mansion, house, abode; सिञ्जाना मञ्जुमञ्जीरं प्रविवेश निकेतनम् Gīt.11; Ms.6.26;11. 129; Ki.1.16. -2 A temple.
neta नेत द् ind. Lest, otherwise; नेत् पाप्मानं मृत्युमन्ववायानीति Bṛi. Up.1.2.1.
pariṇetavya परिणेतव्य a. 1 To be married. -2 To be exchanged or bartered against.
pareta परेत p. p. Deceased, departed, dead. -तः A spirit, a ghost. -Comp. -कल्पः a. almost dead. -कालः The time of death; परेतकाले पुरुषो यत् कर्म प्रतिपद्यते Rām.3.51. 31. -भर्तृ, -राज m. the god of death, Yama; परेतभर्तु- र्महिषः Si.1.57. -भूमिः f., -वासः a cemetery; विकीर्णकेशासु परेतभूमिषु Ku.5.68.
praketa प्रकेत a. Ved. One who knows. -तः 1 Appearance. -2 Intelligence, knowledge.
pracetas प्रचेतस् m. 1 An epithet of Varuṇa; Ku.2.21. -2 N. of an ancient sage and law-giver; Ms.1.35.
pravicetanam प्रविचेतनम् Understanding.
prācetasaḥ प्राचेतसः A patronymic of Manu. -2 Of Dakṣa. -3 Of Vālmīki.
prāyaścetanam प्रायश्चेतनम् Atonement, expiation; प्रायश्चेतनमादिशन्तु गुरवो रामेण दान्तस्य मे Mv.4.25.
prāhṇetana प्राह्णेतन a. (-नी f.) Relating to, or happening in, the forenoon; P.IV.3.23. प्राह्णेतराम् prāhṇētarām तमाम् tamām प्राह्णेतराम् तमाम् ind. Very early in the morning.
preta प्रेत p. p. [प्र-इ-क्त] Departed from this world, dead, deceased; स्वजनाश्रु किलातिसंततं दहति प्रेतमिति प्रचक्षते R.8.86. -तः 1 The departed spirit, the spirit before obsequial rites are performed. -2 A ghost, evil spirit; प्रेतान् भूतगणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4; Ms.12.71. -3 The inhabitant of hell (नारक); शुश्रुवुर्दारुणा वाचः प्रेतानामिव भारत Mb.6.46.19. -4 The manes (पितर); प्रथिता प्रेतकृत्यैषा पित्र्यं नाम विधुक्षये । तस्मिन् युक्तस्यैति नित्यं प्रेतकृत्यैव लौकिकी ॥ Ms.3.127. -Comp. -अधिपः an epithet of Yama. -अन्नम् food offered to the manes. -अयनः N. of a particular hell. -अस्थि n. the bone of a dead man. ˚धारिन् an epithet of Śiva. -आवासः a burialground, cemetery. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः an epithet of Yama. -उद्देशः an offering to the manes. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, -कृत्या obsequial or funeral rites; Ms.3.127. -कायः a corpse. -कार्यम् see प्रेतकर्मन्; तस्य स प्रेतकार्याणि कृत्वा सर्वाणि भारत Mb.3.138.7. -गत a. dead. -गृहम् a cemetery. -गोपः the keeper of the dead. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दाहः the burning of the dead, cremation. -धूमः the smoke issuing from a funeral pile. -नदी the river वैतरिणी. -नरः a goblin, ghost. -निर्यातकः, -निर्हारकः a man employed to carry dead bodies; प्रेतनिर्यातकश्चैव वर्जनीयाः प्रयत्नतः Ms.3.166. -पक्षः 'the fortnight of the manes', N. of the dark half of Bhādrapada when offerings in honour of the manes are usually performed; cf. पितृपक्ष. -पटहः a drum beaten at a funeral. -पतिः Yama (the Indian 'Pluto'). -पात्रम् a vessel used in a Śrāddha ceremony. -पुरम् the city of Yama. -भावः death. -भूमिः f. a cemetery. -मेधः a funeral sacrifice. -राक्षसी the holy basil (तुलसी). -राजः an epithet of Yama. -लोकः the world of the dead; प्रेत- लोकं परित्यज्य आगता ये महालये Ulkādānamantra. -वनम् a cemetery. -वाहित a. possessed by a ghost. -शरीरम् the body of the departed spirit. -शुद्धिः f., -शौचम् purification after the death of a relative. -श्राद्धम् an obsequial offering made to a departed ralative during the year of his death. -हारः 1 one who carries a dead body. -2 a near relative.
bhetavya भेतव्य a. To be feared, be afraid of; तावद् भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद् भयमनागतम् H.
retas रेतस् [री-असुन् तुट् च Uṇ.4.29.] 1 Semen virile, seed. -2 Ved. A flow, current. -3 Progeny, offspring. -4 Quicksilver. -5 Sin. (mostly Ved. in the last sense.). -Comp. -धाः [Uṇ.4.238] m. a father; रेतोधाः पुत्रो नयति नरदेव यमक्षयात् Bhāg.9.2.22. -मार्गः the seminal duct or canal. -सेकः sexual intercourse; रेतः- सेकः स्वयोनीषु ...... गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः Ms.11.58. -स्खलनम् effusion of semen.
retam रेतम् Semen virile. -Comp. -जम् an offspring or child; रेतजो वा भवेत् पुत्रस्त्यक्तो वा क्षेत्रजो भवेत् Mb.13.49.13. -जा sand.
retanam रेतनम् Semen.
leta लेतः तम् Tears.
vicetana विचेतन a. 1 Senseless, lifeless, unconscious, dead. -2 Inanimate; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -3 Perplexed, confounded; एकमुक्तः स मुनिना महीपालो विचेतनः प्रत्याख्यानाय चाशक्तः Mb.3.97.3. -4 Ignorant, foolish.
vicetas विचेतस् a. 1 Senseless, stupid, ignorant; Bg.9.12. -2 Perplexed, confounded, sad; सर्वे च ते बाष्पकलाः साश्रु- नेत्रा विचेतसः Rām.7.4.29. -3 Malevolent, wicked.
veta वेतः A cane, reed.
veta वेत (द) ण्डः An elephant; वेतण्डगण्डकण्डूतिपाण्डित्यपरि- पन्थिना (हरिणा) Bv.1.62.
vetanam वेतनम् [अज्-तनन् वीभावः Uṇ.3.15] 1 Hire, wages, salary, pay, stipend; किं मुधा वेतनदानेन M.1; R.17.66; Ms.8.5. -2 Livelihood, subsistence. -3 Silver. -Comp. -अदानम्, -अनपाकर्मन् n., -अनपक्रिया 1 non-payment of wages; एष धर्मो$खिलेनोक्तो वेतनादानकर्मणः Ms.8.218. -2 an action for non-payment of wages. -जीविन् m. a stipendiary. -दानम् hiring. -भुज् a servant.
vetanin वेतनिन् a. Receiving wages, stipendiary.
vetasaḥ वेतसः [अज्-असुन् तुक्च वीभावः Uṇ.3.118] 1 The ratan, reed, cane; यद्वेतसः कुब्जलीलां विडम्बयति स किमात्मनः प्रभावेण ननु नदीवेगस्य Ś.2; अविलम्बितमेधि वेतसस्तरुवन्माधव मा स्म भज्यथाः Śi.16.53; R.9.75. -2 The citron. -3 N. of Agni. -अम्लः Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -Comp. -गृहम् an arbour formed of reeds. -पत्रम् a lancet; also वेतसम्; Śuśr. -वृत्ति a. pliant like a reed.
veta वेतसी The ratan; वेतसीतरुतले K. P.1.
vetasvat वेतस्वत् a. (-ती f.) Abounding in reed; P.IV.2.87.
vyapeta व्यपेत p. p. 1 Separated, severed. -2 Gone away, departed; oft. in comp.; व्यपेतकल्मष, व्यपेतभी, व्यपेतहर्ष &c.; व्यपेतभीः प्रीतमनाः पुनस्त्वं तदेव मे रूपमिदं प्रपश्य Bg.11.49. -3 Contrary, opposed to. -4 Immoral; मत्तया विश्लथन्नीव्या व्यपेतं निरपत्रपम् Bhāg.6.2.6. -Comp. -कल्मष a. free from sin; व्यपेतकल्मषो नित्यं ब्रह्मलोके महीयते Ms.4.26.
vyaveta व्यवेत p. p. Separated, decomposed. -2 Different.
śyeta श्येत a. (-ता or -नी f.) White; ज्योत्स्नाशङ्कामिह वितरति हंसश्येनी Ki.5.31 (com. तकारस्य च नकारः-श्येतशब्दान् ङीप्). -तः The white colour.
śveta श्वेत a. (-श्वेता or -श्वेती f.) [श्वित्-अच् घञ् वा] White; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -तः 1 The white colour. -2 A conch-shell. -3 A cowrie. -4 The planet Venus. -5 Śukra, the regent of the planet; न शेकुः पाण्डवा द्रष्टुं श्वेतं ग्रहमिवोदितम् Mb.6.82.12. -6 A white cloud. -7 Cumin seed. -8 N. of a range of mountains; शृङ्गैः श्वेतमिव स्थितम् Bhāg.1.39.45. (according to some com. कैलास); see कुलाचल or कुलपर्वत. -9 N. of a division of the world. -1 A white goat; वायव्यं श्वेतमालभेत । cf. तस्मात् प्रत्यक्षो$पि श्वेतशब्दश्छागमेव परिच्छिन्द्यान्नान्यं पशुम् इति ŚB. on MS.1.2.68. -11 A white horse. -12 A silver coin. -13 A comet; श्वेतो ग्रहस्तिर्यगिवापतन् खे Mb. 5.37.43. -तम् 1 Silver. -2 The white of the eye. -3 Butter-milk and water mixed half and half. -Comp. -अंशुः the moon. -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; दन्तै- श्चतुर्भिः श्वेताद्रेर्हरन् भगवतो महीम् Bhāg.8.8.4 (com. कैलास). -अम्बरः, -वासस् m. a class of Jaina ascetics. -अर्चिस् the moon. -अश्वः N. of Arjuna. -इक्षुः a kind of sugar cane. -उदरः an epithet of Kubera. -कपोतः 1 A kind of mouse. -2 a kind of snake. -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a white lotus. -काकीय a. unusual, unheard of. -कुञ्जरः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -कुष्ठम् white leprosy. -केतुः 1 a Bauddha or Jaina saint. -2 the descending node. -कोलः a kind of fish (शफर). -क्षारः saltpetre, alkali. -गजः, -द्विपः 1 a white elephant. -2 the elephant of Indra. -गरुत् m., -गरुतः a goose. -छदः 1 a goose; श्वेतच्छदश्च विधुतच्छदचामरेण प्रासेवत प्रियतमां सुरतश्रमार्ताम् Rām. ch.5.15. -2 a kind of basil. -द्वीपः N. of one of the eighteen minor divisions of the known continent; ˚पतिः Viṣṇu; श्वेतद्वीपपतिश्चित्तं मनो योगेश्वरो$वतु Bhāg.1.6.24; श्वेतद्वीपपतौ चित्तं शुद्धे धर्ममये मयि Bhāg.11.15.18. -धातुः 1 a white mineral. -2 chalk. -3 the milkstone. -धामन् m. 1 the moon. 2 camphor. -3 the foam of the sea. -4 cuttle-fish bone. -नीलः a cloud. -पत्रः a goose.
śvetakaḥ श्वेतकः A cowrie. -कम् Silver.
śvetauhī श्वेतौही N. of Śachī, wife of Indra.
saṃketa संकेतः 1 An intimation, allusion. -2 A sign, gesture, hint; Mu.1. -3 An indicatory sign, mark, token. -4 Agreement, convention; संकेतो गृह्यते जातौ गुणद्रव्यक्रियासु च S. D.12. -5 Engagement, appointment, assignation (made by a mistress or lover); नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -6 A place of meeting (for lovers), rendezvous; सा स्वैरिण्येकदा कान्तं संकेतं उपनेष्यति Bhāg.11. 8.23; कान्तार्थिनी तु या याति संकेतं साभिसारिका Ak. -7 Condition, provision. -8 A short explanatory rule (in gram.) -Comp. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -स्थानम् a place of appointment or assignation, rendezvous. -वाक्यम् watchword.
saṃketakaḥ संकेतकः 1 Agreement, convention. -2 Appointment, assignation. -3 Rendezvous. -4 A lover or mistress who makes an appointment; संकेतके चिरयति प्रवरो विनोदः Mk.3.3.
saṃketanam संकेतनम् 1 Appointment, agreement. -2 A rendezvous.
saṃketayati संकेतयति Den. P. 1 To agree upon, appoint. -2 To fix by convention, lay down conventionally. -3 To invite, call. -4 To give a hint.
sacetana सचेतन a. 1 Sentient, animate, rational. -2 Conscious, sensible.
sacetas सचेतस् a. 1 Intelligent; व्रीडितव्यमपि ते सचेतसः Ki. 13.46. -2 Possessed of feeling; सचेतसः कस्य मनो न दूयते Ku.5.48. -3 Unanimous. -4 Conscious; इदानीमस्मि संवृत्तः सचेताः प्रकृतिं गतः Bg.11.51.
samaveta समवेत p. p. 1 Come together, met, united, joined; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. -2 Intimately united, or inherent, inseparably connected. -3 Comprised or contained in a larger number. -Comp. -अर्थं a. significant, instructive.
samupeta समुपेत p. p. 1 Come together, assembled, collected. -2 Arrived at. -3 Furnished or endowed with, possessed of. -4 Inhabited by.
sameta समेत p. p. 1 Come or met together, assembled. -2 United, combined. -3 Come near, approached. -4 Accompanied by; आराधनायास्य सखीसमेतां समादिदेश प्रयतां तनूजाम् Ku.1.58. -5 Endowed or furnished with, having, possessed of; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्य- विभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् Pt.1.24. -6 Come into collision, encountered. -7 Agreed upon.
saṃpareta संपरेत a. Dead; अथ ते संपरेतानां स्वानामुदकमिच्छताम् Bhāg.1.8.1.
sāketam साकेतम् N. of the city of Ayodhyā; साकेतनार्यो$ञ्जलिभिः प्रणेमुः R.14.13;13.79;18.36; अरुणद्यवनः साकेतम् Mbh. -ताः (m. pl.) The inhabitants of Ayodhyā.
sāketakaḥ साकेतकः An inhabitant of Ayodhyā. -कम् = साकेतम्.
Macdonell Vedic Search
Results for eta8 results
eta e-tá, dem. prn. stem, this: n. etád, iii. 59, 5; acc. m. etám this, x. 14, 9; him, [229] x. 34, 4; inst. eténa, v. 83, 6; n. pl. etá̄, x. 15, 14; m. pl. eté these, vii. 103, 9 [prn. root e + tá this].
etaśa éta-śa, m. steed of the Sun, vii. 63, 2 [éta speeding, from i go].
atyetavai áty-etavái, dat. inf. to pass over, v. 83, 10 [áti + i go beyond].
apraketa a-praketá, a. (Bv.) indistinguishable, x. 129, 3 [praketá perception].
praketa pra-ketá, m. beacon, x. 129, 2 [prá + cit appear].
retas ré-tas, n. seed, v. 83, 1. 4; x. 129, 4 [rí flow].
supraketa su-praketá, a. conspicuous, iv. 50, 2 [praketá, m. token].
suretas su-rétas, a. (Bv.) abounding in seed, i. 160, 3.
Macdonell Search
Results for eta83 results
eta a. (énî), motley, glittering; m. kind of hart: â, f. hind.
eta pp. â+√ i.
etad prn. (nm., ac. sg. n.) this here (near the speaker); this (nearly always re ferring to what precedes, has just happened, or been mentioned); often=here, now: ad. thus, so, therefore, accordingly: lc.etasmin, in this case.
etadanta a. ending with this or these; -artham, ad. for this purpose, there fore; -avastha, a. being in this condition; being of such a kind; referring thereto; -îya, pos. prn. his, her, their; -yoni, a.having this origin; -vasa, a. dependent on him.
etagva a. motley.
etannāmaka a. having this name; -máya, a. (î) consisting of this, being of such a kind.
etarhi ad. now, nowadays; then (corr. yárhi).
etaśa a. motley, shining; m. dappled horse; sun-horse.
etatkāla m. this time, the pre sent (opp. tat-kâla); -para, a. intent on this; -samgñaka, a. having this designation; -sama, a. equal to this.
etave V. inf. of √ i, to walk.
acetas a. senseless, foolish; unconscious.
acetana a. senseless; unconscious, inanimate; thoughtless; -tâ, f. -ness.
adhiketanam ad. on the banner.
adhyetavya fp. to be studied, -read.
anapeta pp. not removed from, not diverging from (ab.).
aniketa a. houseless.
anupeta pp. who has not yet gone to his teacher; -pûrva, a. id.
anyaṅgaśveta a. pure white.
apeta pp. √ i; -prâna, a. deceased; -bhî, a. fearless.
apracetas a. unwise, imprudent.
asaṃcetayamāna pt. pt. not observing.
asamaveta pp. not inseparably combined: pl. not all combined.
itaretara n. (only oblique cases of sg.) one another: °ree;--, the one & the other; ad. mutually: -½upakriti-mat, a. mutually helpful.
ityetannāmaka a. having the names just mentioned.
udetavya fp. n. it is needful to rise.
upanetavya fp. to be brought; -tri, m., -trî, f. bringer; preceptor.
upeta pp. endued: -pûrva, a. pre viously apprenticed to a teacher.
etādṛkṣa etâ-dríksha, ˚dṛś -drís a. (î) such; of the same kind.
ketaya den. P. summon, invite.
ketana n. invitation; shelter; place; body; sign, token, banner; business.
keta m. will, intention; desire.
calaniketa a. having a transi tory abode; -prakriti, a. giddy, fickle; -sva bhâva, a. of inconstant nature.
cetas n. aspect; brilliance; con sciousness; intellect; senses; mind, heart; will.
cetana a. (&isharp;) manifest, distinguished; sentient, animate, conscious; m. intelligent being; n. perception, appearance; â, f. con sciousness, intelligence, mind.
jetavya fp. to be conquered; -tri, m. winner; conqueror; N. of a Buddhistic prince; -ya, fp. to be conquered.
jetavana n. Geta(r)'s forest, N. of a forest near Srâvastî, where Buddha preached his doctrine.
triḥśveta a. white in three places.
dakṣiṇetara a. left.
dhīracetas a. resolute-minded, courageous; 1. -tâ, f., -tva, n. firmness; re soluteness, courage; quiet, silence; 2. -tâ, f. wisdom; -prasânta, pp. deep and yet calm (voice); resolute and quiet (hero); -bhâva, m. steadfastness.
dhūmaketana m. (smoke-ban nered), fire; (á)-ketu, a. smoke-betokened, smoke-bannered; m. fire; Agni; comet; N. of a Yaksha; (á)-gandhi, a. smelling of smoke; -graha, m. Râhu; -gâla, m. film of smoke; -dhvaga, m. fire; -pa, a. smoking (a pipe); imbibing only smoke (i. e. subsist ing on nothing else); -pallava, m. streak of smoke; -pâta, m. wreath of smoke; -pâna, n. inhalation of smoke or vapour; -maya, a. (î) consisting entirely of smoke or vapour.
naṣṭacetana a. having lost con sciousness; -keshta, a. motionless; -dhî, a. having lost the remembrance of an injury; -nidra, a. deprived of one's sleep; -rûpa, a. invisible, unrecognised; -samgña, a. whose consciousness is impaired.
niketa m. (n.) mansion, dwelling; -ketana, n. id.; temple.
niścetana a. unconscious; inani mate; irrational, senseless; -ketas, a. irra tional, senseless, foolish; -keshta, a. motion less.
netavya fp. to be led; -taken or conveyed, to (ac.); to be employed; -investigated.
paruṣetara a. reverse of severe, gentle, benign; -½ukti, f. rough speech.
paretara a. trustworthy or attract ing adversaries.
pareta pp. (gone away), deceased: -bhartri, m. lord of the dead, ep. of Yama; -bhûmi, f. cemetery; -râga, m. king of the dead, ep. of Yama; -½âvâsa, m. cemetery.
pratyetavya fp. to be recognised, accepted, or regarded as (nm.); -½etos, g. inf. √ i (sc. îsvarah); (práti)-½enas, m. next heir; -½enasya, n. next reversion of (g.).
prācetasa a. relating to Varuna (w. âsâ, f. west); descended from Praketas; m. pat. of Manu, Daksha, and Vâlmîki.
preta pp. gone forward, i. e. departed, dead; m. dead man, corpse; ghost, spirit: -karman, n. funeral ceremony; -kârya, -kritya, n. id.; -gata, pp. gone to the de parted, dead; -gopa, m. guardian of the dead (in Yama's realm); -kârin, a. moving among the dead (Siva); -tva, n. condition of a dead man, death; condition of a ghost; -dhûma, m. smoke from a burning corpse; -nâtha, m. Lord of the dead, ep. of Yama; -paksha: -ka, m. fortnight of the Manes, dark fortnight in the month Bhâdra; -patâ kâ, f. funeral flag; -pati, m. Lord of the dead, ep. of Yama: -pataha, m. drum of death (fig.); -pinda-bhug, a. partaking of the funeral feast; -pitri, a. whose father is dead; -purî, f. city of the dead, Yama's abode; -prasâdhana, n. adornment of the dead; -bhâva, m. condition of one dead, death; -medha, m. funeral sacrifice; -râga, m. King of the dead,ep. of Yama; -loka, m. world of the dead; -vasa, m. power of the dead; -silâ, f. stone of the dead (a stone near Gayâ on which funeral cakes are offered); -suddhi, f., -sauka, n. purification for the dead or after a death; -samklipta, pp. pre pared in honour of a dead person (food); -sparsin, m. corpse-bearer; -hâra, m. id.
phaletara n. (?) no fruit: -tâ, f. absence of fruit.
bahuletarapakṣa m. du. the dark and the (opposite=) light half of a month; -½oshadhika, a. having abundant herbs, overgrown with herbs.
bhetavya n. imps. one should fear (ab., g.).
mūḍhacetana a. stupid, foolish; -ketas, a. id.; -tâ, f., -tva, n. bewilderment, stupefaction, infatuation; stupidity, foolish ness; -drishti, a. having a dull look, stupid, silly; -dhî, a. dull-witted, stupid, foolish; -prabhu, m. chief of fools, great blockhead; -buddhi, -mati, a. confused in mind, dull witted, stupid, foolish; -½âtman, a. uncon scious.
retaḥsicya n. effusion of semen; -seka, m. id., carnal intercourse with a woman (lc.); -sektri, m. impregnator; -skandana, n. effusion of semen; -skhalana, n. id.
retasya a. presiding over semen.
retas n. [√ ri] effusion, stream (V.); libation (RV.); effusion of semen; semen virile; seed, offspring, generation: reta so&zip;nte, after the effusion of semen.
retaḥpāta m. effusion of semen; -pâtin, a. having an effusion of semen, coshabiting with a woman (lc.).
vakretara a. reverse of curly, straight (hair); -½ukti, f. indirect mode of expression; equivocal remark, pun.
vanyetara a. reverse of wild, tame: w. nivâsâh, m. dwellings the reverse of syl van; -½ibha, m. wild elephant.
lobhopahatacetas a. having a mind perverted by greed.
vicetana a. unconscious; not hav ing all one's senses about one, absent-minded; lifeless, dead; senseless, stupid; -ketayitri, a. making visible, distinguishing; -ketavya, fp. to be sought; -searched through; -ex amined; -found out (means); (ví)-ketas, a. clearly seen (waters; RV.); discerning, wise (RV.); confounded (C.); senseless, stu pid (C.); -keya, fp. 1. to be distinguished or counted (=few, of stars); 2. to be looked for; -searched through; n. investigation; -kesh- ta, a. motionless; -keshtana, n. kicking, roll ing (on the ground, of horses); -keshtâ, f. behaviour, conduct; -keshtita, (pp.) n. motion (of the body, eyes); gesture, action, working; conduct.
vibhetavya fp. n. one should be afraid of (ab.); -bhettri, m. destroyer, dis peller; -bheda, m. breaking through, split ting; knitting (of the brows); alteration, change; disturbance; dissension, discord, between (samam); distinction, difference; --°ree;, pl. different kinds of; -bheda-ka, a. dis tinguishing (g.) from (ab.); -bhedana, a. piercing, splitting; n. breaking; setting at variance; -bhedin, a. piercing (--°ree;); remov ing, dispelling; -bhramsa, m. decline, cessa tion; ruin; loss of (--°ree;); -bhramsin, a. fall ing down; -bhrama, m. moving to and fro, heaving (of waves), unsteadiness; wander ing about; vehemence, excess, high degree (--°ree; sts. pl.); amorous play, coquetry; de rangement, disturbance, confusion; erroneous application (of punishment); perturbation, agitation; mental confusion, delusion, error; illusion, illusive appearance, vision; grace, beauty; amorous distraction (of a woman, esp. with regard to dress); --°ree;, mere sem blance of; °ree;--, only in appearance; ab. (--°ree;) under the delusion that it was a --: -½arka, m. N.
vetasa m. kind of reed (Calamus Ro tang); cane; n. N. of a town: (a)-maya, a. consisting of reed (Calamus Rotang); -mâl in, a. wreathed with reeds; -vritti, a. act ing=pliant like the reed.
vetana n. wages; price (rare).
vetaṇḍa m. elephant: â, f. a form of Durgâ (v. r. for vetâlâ).
śītetara a. reverse of cold, hot: -½arkis, m. sun.
śubhetara a. reverse of good, evil, bad.
śvetakākīya a. resembling a white crow, unheard of; -kushtha, n. white leprosy; a. leprous: -tva, n. -ness; (á)-ketu, m. N.; -ga&ndot;gâ, f. N. of a river; -guna-vat, a. possessed of the quality of whiteness; -godhûma, m. kind of wheat; -kkhatra, n. white umbrella: â-ya, den. resemble a white umbrella: pp. i-ta; -dyuti, m. moon (--°ree;); -dvîpa, m. n. white island, N. of a fabulous isle of the Blessed: â-ya, den. Â. resemble the White Isle.
śveta a. [√ svit] white, bright; m. white horse (Br.); N.; n. (C.) white (of the eye).
śvetapakṣa a. white-winged; -pata, m. N. of a Jain teacher: pl. N. of a Jain sect; -padma, n. white lotus; -pushpa, n. white flower; a. (î) having a white flower; -bhânu, a. white-rayed (moon); m.moon; -bhikshu, m. white-robed mendicant, Svetâmbara; -mayûkha, m. (white-rayed), moon; -y&asharp;varî, f. (flowing white), N. of a river (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva transformed into a white elephant; -roma½a&ndot;ka, m. mark of white hair; -vâhana, a. driving with white steeds; m. ep. of Arguna; -saila, m. snow-mountain or N. of a mountain: -maya, a. made of white stone or marble; -hûna, m. pl. white Huns.
śyeta a. (énî) reddish white, white.
saketa a. having one intention (RV.1); -ketu, a. having a banner; -kesa, a. along with the hair; containing hair (food); -kaitava, m. cheat; -kopa, a. angry, en raged: -m, ad. angrily, -vikriti, a. agitated with anger; -kautuka, a. curious, eager, for (--°ree; w. vbl. n.): -m, ad.; -kautûhalam, ad. with curiosity.
saṃketavākya n. watchword; -stha, a. appearing by assignation; -sthâna, n. place of assignation; object agreed upon by signs.
saṃketaya den. P. make an agree ment with (g.); agree upon; be informed, learn.
saṃketa m. [joint purpose: √ kit] appointment, assignation, with (g.); precon certed sign, signal; agreement; consent: °ree;--, according to agreement: -m kri, kalpa ya or dâ, make an agreementor appoint ment, with (samam, saha, mithas), make an assignation with (in. + saha, g.), assign as a place of meeting; -m kri, give a sig nal; -keta-ka, m. assignation; -ketana, n. place of assignation (of lovers); -keta-niketa, m.: -na, n. id.; -keta-bhûmi, f. id.
samavetatva n. inherence; -aveta½artha, a. full of meaning.
sameta pp. (√ i) come together etc.
savyetara a. opposite of left, right.
sāketa n. N. of the city of Ayodhyâ (Oudh).
sitetara a. (opposite of white), black, dark, blue: -saroga, n. blue lotus.
navetara a. old.
svacetas n. one's own thought: in. -â, out of one's own head.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
Results for eta83 resultsResults for eta11 results
eta In the plural (etāh) denotes the steeds of the Maruts, being a swift species of deer, which are mentioned several times in the Rigveda, and the skins of which are also said to be worn by the Maruts on their shoulders. The epithet prthu- budhηa, once applied to them in the Rigveda, and variously- interpreted as ‘ broad-hoofed,' ‘broad-chested,’ and ‘broad in the hinder part,’seems to indicate that they were not gazelles.
etaśa Is in several passages of the Rigveda, according to Roth the name of a protege whom Indra helped against the sun-god Sūrya. But in all these passages Etaśa seems merely to designate the horse of the sun.
etaśa Is in the Kausītaki Brāhmana the name of a sage who is said to have cursed his children because they interrupted him in the midst of a rite ; hence the Aitaśāyanas (descendants of Etaśa) are declared to be the worst of the Bhrgus. The same story appears in the Aitareya Brāhmana, where, how­ever, the sage’s name is Aitaśa, and the Aitaśāyanas are described as the worst of the Aurvas.
dviretas ‘Having double seed,’ is an epithet of both the ass and the mare.
naciketas Occurs in the well-known legend of the Taitti­rīya Brāhmana (where he is a Gotama, the son of Vāja- śravasa), and in the Katha Upanisad. His historical reality is extremely doubtful: in the Upanisad he is called son of Aruni Auddālaki or Vājaśravasa, an impossible attribution, and one due only to a desire to give Naciketas a connexion with the famous Aruni.
nāciketa Connected with Naciketas,’ is the title of a narrative (upākhyāηa) in the Kāthaka Upanisad. The word is also applied as an epithet to a special fire in that Upanisad and in the Taittirīya Upanisad.
preta ‘Departed,’ is used to denote a ‘ dead man ’ in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, but not in the sense of ‘ ghost,’ which only appears later, in post-Vedic literature.
vetasa Is the name of the water plant Calamus Rotang, or a similar reed, in the Rigveda and later. It is called 'golden' (hiranyaya) and ‘water-born’ (apsuja).
vetasu Is a name occurring in the singular in two passages of the Rigveda and once in the plural. It seems that he was defeated by Indra, but there is no reason to assume that he was a demon. Zimmer3 thinks that the Vetasus were probably the tribe of which Daśadyu was a member, and that they defeated the Tugras. The passages are too obscure to render any version probable.
vetasvant ‘Abounding in reeds/ is the name of a place in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa, not, as Weber once took it, a part of the name of Ekayāvan Gāmdama.
śvetaketu áruṇeya (‘Descendant of Aruṇa’) or Auddālaki (‘son of Uddālaka’) is mentioned repeatedly in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa and the Chāndogya Upaniṣad. In the Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad he appears as śvetaketu, son of Áruṇi, and as a Gautama. In the Kauṣītaki Brāhmaṇa he is quoted as an authority on the vexed question of the duty of the Sadasya, or the seventeenth priest, at the ritual of the Kauṣītakins, to notify errors in the sacrifice; Áruṇi, his father, is also cited. He was a person of some originality, for he insisted on eating honey despite the general prohibition of the use of that delicacy by Brahmacārins or religious students. He was a contemporary of, and was instructed by the Pañcāla king Pravāhaṇa Jaivala. He was also a contemporary of Janaka, of Videha, and figured among the Brahmin disputants at his court. A story is told of him in the śāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra:[6] Jala Jātūkarṇyā was lucky enough to become the Purohita of three peoples or kings, of Kāśi, Kosala, and Videha. Seeing this, śvetaketu felt annoyed and reproached his father with his excessive devotion to sacrifice, which merely enriched and glorified others, not himself. His father replied, forbidding him to speak thus: he had learned the true method of sacrificing, and his ambition in life had been to discuss it with every Brahmin. All the references to śvetaketu belong to the latest period of Vedic literature. It is, therefore, not surprising that the Ápa- stamba Dharma Sūtra should refer to him as an Avara, or person of later days, who still became a Rṣi by special merit. His date, however, must not be fixed too low, because the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa in which he plays so marked a part is certainly earlier than Pāṇini, and was apparently even in that grammarian’s time believed to be an ancient work; hence 500 B.c. is probably rather too late than too early a period for śvetaketu as a rough approximation to a date.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
Results for eta83 resultsResults for eta11 resultsResults for eta211 results
eta pitaraḥ somyāsaḥ SMB.2.3.5a; GG.4.3.4; ViDh.73.12. See under āyāta pi-.
eta pitaro manojavāḥ Mś.1.1.2.12. Cf. under ā ganta pitaro.
eta asṛgram indavaḥ SV.2.180a. Error for ete etc., q.v.
eta āstādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā AVP.3.37.3d,4d. Perhaps to be read etās ta ādhyaḥ etc., q.v.
eta u tye avīvaśan RV.9.21.7a.
eta u tye patayanti śvayātavaḥ RV.7.104.20a; AVś.8.4.20a.
eta u tye praty adṛśran RV.1.191.5a. Cf. etā u tyāḥ.
eta devā dakṣiṇataḥ AVś.11.6.18a; AVP.15.14.8a.
etac cana tvo vi ciketad eṣām RV.1.152.2a.
etac charīraṃ jalabudbudopamam RVKh.6.45.2d.
etad brahmann upavalhāmasi (Aś. apa-; Lś. upabalihāmahe) tvā VS.23.51c; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.3c; Lś.9.10.11c.
etad bhavadbhyo bhavatībhyo 'stu cākṣayam ViDh.74.8.
etad rudrasya dhanuḥ TA.1.5.2d.
etad vaḥ pitaraḥ pātram Kauś.83.30; 87.17.
etad vaḥ pitaro bhāgadheyam JG.2.1a.
etad vaḥ pitaro vāsaḥ (VS. vāsa ādhatta) VS.2.32; VSK.2.7.4; Aś.2.7.6; SMB.2.3.14; JG.2.2. Ps: etad vaḥ pitaraḥ JG.2.2; ViDh.73.12,13; etad vaḥ Kś.4.1.16; KhG.3.5.30. See etāni vaḥ, vaddhvaṃ, and cf. asāv etat te vāsaḥ.
etad vaco jaritar māpi mṛṣṭhāḥ RV.3.33.8a.
etad varuṇalakṣaṇam TA.1.2.3b.
etad vāṃ tena prīṇāti (TB. prīṇāni) TB.3.7.5.12c; Apś.2.20.6c. See idaṃ vāṃ etc.
etad vai bhadram anuśāsanasya RV.10.32.7c.
etad vo jyotiḥ pitaras tṛtīyam AVś.9.5.11a.
etad vo brāhmaṇā haviḥ AVś.12.4.48a.
etad vo mithunam TA.1.14.4.
etad annam atta devāḥ VS.23.8; MS.3.12.19: 165.16; śB.13.2.6.8. See etad devā annam.
etad annam addhi prajāpate VS.23.8; TS.7.4.20.1; MS.3.12.19: 165.16; KSA.4.9; śB.13.2.6.8; TB.3.9.4.8.
etad apramayaṃ dhruvam śB.14.7.2.22d; BṛhU.4.4.22d.
etad astu hutaṃ tava svāhā (AVP. omits svāhā) AVP.5.16.7d; TB.3.3.2.5d; Apś.3.4.8d; Mś.1.3.4.3d; GG.1.8.28d; KhG.2.1.26d.
etad asya parāyaṇam TA.1.8.4b.
etad asyā anaḥ (N. ana) śaye RV.4.30.11a; N.11.48a.
etad ahaṃ daivyaṃ vājinaṃ saṃmārjmi JB.1.84.
etad ājyasya mathitaṃ śarīram AVP.11.5.1b. Edition, erroneously, edatad etc.
etad ā roha vaya unmṛjānaḥ AVś.18.3.73a. P: etad ā roha Kauś.85.24.
etad u dyāvāpṛthivī bhadram abhūt TS.2.6.9.4. Cf. idaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
etad eva vijānīyāt TA.1.3.3a.
etad eva śaṃyor bārhaspatyasya TA.1.5.2c.
etad ghed uta vīryam RV.4.30.8a.
etad devā annam atta TS.7.4.20.1; KSA.4.9; TB.3.9.4.8. See etad annam atta.
etad dhi śṛṇu me vacaḥ AVś.10.1.28a.
etad baddhakamocanam TA.2.6.1d. See praitu baddha-.
etad bibhṛta tan mā riṣat KS.37.11 (ter).
etagvā cid ya etaśā yuyojate RV.8.70.7c; SV.1.268c.
etagvā cin na suyujā yujānaḥ RV.7.70.2d.
etaiḥ sukṛtair anu gachema yajñam AVś.11.1.36c. See ebhiḥ sukṛtair, and cf. idam-idaṃ sukṛtam.
etair ādityamaṇḍalam TA.1.2.1c.
etais taṇḍulair bhavatā sam āpaḥ AVś.12.3.29d.
etaj jātaṃ svajānām AVP.8.7.4a.
etaj jātaṃ pṛdākūnām AVP.8.7.11a.
etaj juhvaj japen mantram RVKh.9.67.20c.
eta taṃ manye daśayantram utsam RVKh.6.45.1d.
eta titirva upa yāhi yajñam RV.6.41.4c.
eta te deva savitar yajñaṃ prāhur bṛhaspataye brahmaṇe VS.2.12; śB.1.7.4.21; 4.6.6.6. Ps: etaṃ te deva savitaḥ Kś.11.1.19; etaṃ te Kś.2.2.21. See deva savitar etaṃ te.
eta te stomaṃ tuvijāta vipraḥ RV.5.2.11a; TB.2.4.7.4a.
eta tyaṃ harito daśa RV.9.38.3a; SV.2.629a.
eta tritasya yoṣaṇaḥ RV.9.38.2a; SV.2.625a. Cf. ād īṃ tri-.
eta tvaṃ prajanaya AB.6.28.10. Cf. etasya tvaṃ prajanaya.
eta dviṣantam avadhiṣam AVP.10.12.12a.
etam apsarasāṃ vrātam AVP.1.29.1c.
etam arthaṃ na ciketāham agniḥ RV.10.51.4d.
etam aśmānam ātiṣṭhatam MG.1.10.16a. See under ā tiṣṭhemam.
etam idhmaṃ samāhitaṃ juṣāṇaḥ AVś.10.6.35a; Kauś.137.30. P: etam idhmam Kauś.2.41.
etam u tyaṃ daśa kṣipaḥ (JB. once, kṣipa ihā) RV.9.15.8a; 61.7a; SV.2.431a,623a; JB.3.153 (bis); PB.13.9.5; 18.8.12; TB.1.8.8.1; Aś.5.12.15; śś.7.15.7.
etam u tyaṃ madacyutam RV.9.108.11a; SV.1.581a.
etam u tyaṃ madhunā saṃyutaṃ yavam KS.13.16a; TB.2.4.8.7a; Apś.6.30.20a; Mś.1.6.4.24a; SMB.2.1.16a; GG.3.8.24; PG.3.1.6a; JG.1.24a. P: etam u tyam KhG.3.3.14. See under devā imaṃ madhunā.
eta pari dadmas taṃ no gopāyatāsmākam aitoḥ AVś.12.3.55--60.
eta pibata kāmyam RV.2.41.14c.
eta piba hariva sthātar ugra RV.6.41.3c.
eta pṛcha kuha pṛche AVś.20.130.5.
eta praviśāni Apś.9.6.12.
eta bradhnaṃ carmaṇaḥ kṛnta sādhu AVP.14.5.8a.
eta bhāgam ahutādbhyaḥ pra hiṇmaḥ AVP.5.15.1c.
eta bhāgaṃ pari dadāmi vidvān AVś.6.122.1a. P: etaṃ bhāgam Vait.22.23; Kauś.63.29. See taṃ prajānan, and sa prajānan.
eta mṛjanti marjyam RV.9.15.7a; 46.6a; SV.2.618a; śś.7.15.7.
eta mṛtyo 'bhi padyasva AVP.10.12.12c.
eta me stomaṃ tanā na sūrye RV.10.93.12a.
eta me stomam ūrmye RV.5.61.17a. Cf. BṛhD.5.74.
eta yajñaṃ pitaro no juṣantām HG.2.10.6b. See imaṃ yajñaṃ pitaro.
eta yam āhur manava stīrṇabarhiṣam TS.4.7.13.3d. See yam āhur manava.
eta yuvānaṃ patiṃ (TS. pari) vo dadāmi TS.3.3.9.1a; śG.3.11.14a; PG.3.9.6a; ViDh.86.16a. P: etaṃ yuvānam Apś.9.19.13. See etaṃ vo yu-.
eta lokaṃ śraddadhānāḥ sacante AVś.6.122.3b; 12.3.7b.
eta vāṃ stomam aśvināv akarma RV.10.39.14a.
eta vāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī pari dadāmi AVP.1.13.1c. Cf. eṣa vāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī.
eta vo yuvānaṃ prati dadhmo atra AVś.9.4.24a. P: etaṃ vo yuvānam Kauś.24.21. See etaṃ yu-.
eta śaṃsam indrāsmayuḥ RV.10.93.11a.
eta śardhaṃ dhāma yasya sūreḥ RV.1.122.12a.
eta śuśruma gṛharājasya bhāgam AVś.11.1.29c.
eta sadhastha (AVś.AVP.KS.Vait.Kauś. sadhasthāḥ) pari te (AVP.AVś.KS. vo) dadāmi AVś.6.123.1a; AVP.2.60.4a; VS.18.59a; TS.5.7.7.1a; KS.40.13a; śB.9.5.1.46; Mś.2.5.5.21a. P: etaṃ sadhasthāḥ Vait.22.23; 29.22; Kauś.63.29.
eta stotar anena (TS.KSAṭB. etena) pathā punaḥ VS.23.7c; TS.7.4.20.1c; MS.3.12.18c: 165.12; KSA.4.9c; TB.3.9.4.4.
eta sthālīpākaṃ sarvam aśāna Aś.8.14.5.
eta svargaṃ sukṛtāv apītām AVś.12.3.44d.
eta svargaṃ gamayāntam agneḥ AVś.12.3.34d.
eta kālam evaṃbhūto 'svapan bhava Aś.8.14.10.
eta khadiram ā hara AVP.10.3.3a.
eta jānātha (TB. jānītāt; KS. jānīta) parame vyoman VS.18.60a; KS.40.13a; śB.9.5.1.47a; TB.3.7.13.3a. See jānīta smainaṃ.
eta juṣadhvaṃ kavayo yuvānaḥ RV.5.58.3d; MS.4.11.2d: 167.9; TB.2.5.5.3d.
etan no gopāya GB.2.4.9 (ter). See tan no gopāya.
etaśena tvā sūryo devatāṃ gamayatu TS.1.6.4.3; KS.5.3.
etasmai rāṣṭram abhi saṃ namāma TS.5.7.4.4d. See te asmai rāṣṭram.
etasya tvaṃ prajanaya GB.2.6.8. Cf. etaṃ tvaṃ prajanaya.
etasya tvaṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ kalpaya AB.6.29.5; GB.2.6.8.
etasya tvaṃ prāṇān kalpaya AB.6.27.14; GB.2.6.8.
etasya vittād VS.6.2; śB.3.7.1.9. See tasya vittāt.
etat ta (MS. tā) ājyaṃ tad gopāyasva (MS. rakṣasva) MS.4.1.13: 18.12; KS.31.10. Cf. etat te havyaṃ.
etat ta indra vīryam RV.8.54 (Vāl.6).1a.
etat tad agne anṛṇo bhavāmi VS.19.11c; TS.3.3.8.2d; MS.4.14.17c: 245.10; śB.12.7.3.21c; TA.2.3.2c; Mś.2.5.5.18c. See under idaṃ tad etc.
etat tad avayajāmahe KS.9.4f.
etat tā ājyaṃ etc. see etat ta ājyaṃ etc.
etat tān pratimanvāno asmin Lś.9.10.12c. See etat tvātra.
etat te agne rādha aiti (MS.KS. eti) somacyutam TS.1.4.43.2; 6.6.1.2; MS.1.3.37: 43.13; 4.8.2: 108.13; KS.4.9. P: etat te agne rādhaḥ KS.28.4; Apś.13.6.9; Mś.2.4.5.11.
etat te kāma MahānU.18.2. See eṣa te kāma, and cf. kāmaitat.
etat te gharmānnam etat purīṣam KA.3.190. See gharmaitat te 'nnam.
etat te tata (Apś.ApMBḥG. tatāsau) ye ca tvām anu (KS. tvānu) TS.1.8.5.1; 3.2.5.5; KS.9.6; TB.1.6.9.7; Apś.1.9.1; 8.16.6; 13.12.9; ApMB.2.20.8 (ApG.8.21.9). Ps: etat te tatāsau HG.2.12.3; etat te ViDh.21.10. Cf. asāv etat te, etat te pitar asau, etat te 'sau, etat te mātar, and pitar etat te.
etat te tata svadhā AVś.18.4.77.
etat te tatāmaha svadhā ye ca tvām anu AVś.18.4.76. See etat te pitāmaha.
etat te tatāsau etc. see etat te tata ye etc.
etat te tad aśaneḥ saṃbharāmi TB.1.2.1.7c; Apś.5.2.4c.
etat te devaḥ savitā AVś.18.4.31a. P: etat te devaḥ Kauś.80.17.
etat te pitar asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaś ca svadhā namaḥ JG.2.2. Cf. under etat te tata ye.
etat te pitar āsanam asau ye ca tvātrānu tebhyaś cāsanam JG.2.1.
etat te pitāmaha prapitāmaha ye ca tvām anu TS.1.8.5.1; 3.2.5.5. See etat te tatāmaha, and the following three.
etat te pitāmahāsau (KS. pitāmaha) ye ca tvām anu (KS. tvānu) KS.9.6; ApMB.2.20.9 (ApG.8.21.9). P: etat te pitāmahāsau HG.2.12.3. See prec., and cf. next and pitāmahaitat te.
etat te pitāmahy asau yāś ca tvām anu ApMB.2.20.12 (ApG.8.21.9). Cf. prec.
etat te pratatāmaha svadhā ye ca tvām anu AVś.18.4.75; Vait.22.22; Kauś.88.11. See etat te pitāmaha prapitāmaha.
etat te prapitāmahāsau (KS. prapitāmaha) ye ca tvām anu (KS. tvānu) KS.9.6; ApMB.2.20.10 (ApG.8.21.9). P: etat te prapitāmahāsau HG.2.12.3. See etat te pitāmaha prapitāmaha, and cf. next and prapitāmahaitat te.
etat te prapitāmahy asau yāś ca tvām anu ApMB.2.20.13 (ApG.8.21.9). Cf. prec.
etat te manyo MahānU.18.3. See eṣa te manyo.
etat te mātar asau yāś ca tvām anu ApMB.2.10.11 (ApG.8.21.9). Cf. etat te tata.
etat te rudrāvasaṃ tena (VSK. etena rudrāvasena) paro mūjavato 'tīhi VS.3.61; VSK.3.8.6; śB.2.6.2.17. P: etat te Kś.5.10.21.
etat te varuṇa punar eva mām om BDh.1.4.6.8.
etat te 'sau ye ca tvām atrānu Aś.2.6.15. Cf. under etat te tata, and foll.
etat te havyaṃ tad rakṣasva MS.4.1.3: 5.14. Cf. etat ta ājyaṃ.
etat tyat ta indra vṛṣṇa uktham RV.1.100.17a.
etat tyat ta indriyam aceti RV.6.27.4a. Cf. BṛhD.5.137 (B).
etat tyan na yojanam aceti RV.1.88.5a.
etat tvaṃ soma etc. see etat tvaṃ deva soma etc.
etat tvaṃ deva gharma devo devān upāgāḥ TA.4.11.8; 5.9.10; Apś.15.16.10. P: etat tvaṃ deva gharma Mś.4.4.27.
etat tvaṃ deva soma devān upāvṛtaḥ MS.1.2.13: 22.13; 3.9.1: 113.14. P: etat tvaṃ deva soma Mś.2.2.4.36. See next.
etat tvaṃ deva soma (TS.Apś. tvaṃ soma) devo (omitted in KS.) devāṃ (TS.KS.Apś. devān) upāgāḥ VS.5.39; KS.3.1; 26.2; TS.1.3.4.2 (here text, erroneously, etaṃ etc.); 6.3.2.4; śB.3.6.3.19; Apś.11.18.2. P: etat tvam Kś.8.7.18. See prec.
etat tvaṃ deva stomānavakaram agan PB.1.6.5.
etat tvātra pratimanvāno (Aś. -vanvāno) asmi (Aś. asmin) VS.23.52c; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.4c; Vait.37.2c. See etat tān.
etat tvā deva savitar vṛṇate agniṃ hotrāya saha pitrā vaiśvānareṇa śB.1.5.1.15. See deva savitar etaṃ tvā vṛṇate 'gniṃ.
etat tvā vāsaḥ prathamaṃ nv āgan AVś.18.2.57a; Kauś.80.17. See idaṃ tvā vastraṃ.
etat pūrtaṃ me atropajīvantām JG.2.2b.
etat pṛchāmi saṃprati TA.1.8.4d.
etat sa ṛchāt AVś.5.10.1--7; AVP.6.12.8--10; 6.13.1--3.
etat satyasya śraddhaya AVP.4.11.7c.
etat sarvaṃ dakṣiṇaibhyo dadāti RV.10.107.8d.
etat suśubhraṃ mukharatnakośam RVKh.6.45.3d.
etat sūrpaṃ jaritar ā hara AVP.11.11.3a.
etau grāvāṇau sayujā yuṅdhi carmaṇi AVś.11.1.9a. P: etau grāvāṇau Kauś.61.18.
etau te vāyū HG.1.16.16. Cf. ete te vāyo, and eṣa te vāyo.
etau muñcato aṃhasaḥ AVś.8.2.18d.
etau me gāvau pramarasya yuktau RV.10.27.20a. Cf. BṛhD.7.27.
etau yakṣmaṃ vi bādhete AVś.8.2.18c.
etau vai prāṇāpānau yan mātariśvā cāgniś ca AVP.9.21.2.
acetayad acito devo aryaḥ # RV.7.86.7c.
acetayad dhiyā imā jaritre # RV.3.34.5c; AVś.20.11.5c.
acetasaṃ cic citayanti dakṣaiḥ # RV.7.60.6b.
acetaso vi jagṛbhre paruṣṇīm # RV.7.18.8b.
athāsyetaram ātmānam # AVś.11.8.31c.
athetarābhiḥ śivatamābhiḥ śivaṃ kṛdhi # AVś.18.2.9d.
athetare duḥkham evopayanti (śvetU. evāpiyanti) # śB.14.7.2.15d; BṛhU.4.4.15d; śvetU.3.10d.
apeta etu nirṛtiḥ # Kauś.97.7,8a. P: apeta etu Vait.38.1. See apāsmad, and cf. apeto nirṛtiṃ.
apeta naśyatād itaḥ # HG.2.3.7c; ApMB.2.13.10c.
apeta vīta vi ca sarpatātaḥ # RV.10.14.9a; AVś.18.1.55a; VS.12.45a; TS.4.2.4.1a; MS.2.7.11a: 89.2; 3.2.3: 18.1; KS.16.11a; 20.1; śB.7.1.1.2; TB.1.2.1.16a; TA.1.27.5a; 6.6.1a; AG.4.2.10. Ps: apeta vīta śś.4.14.7; Vait.28.24; Kś.17.1.3; Apś.5.9.1; 16.14.1; Mś.6.1.5.1; apeta TS.5.2.3.1 (bis); Kauś.80.42.
apeta śapathaṃ jahi # TB.3.10.8.1b.
apeteta sadānvāḥ # AVP.5.1.5a.
apraketa salilaṃ sarvam ā idam # RV.10.129.3b; TB.2.8.9.4b.
aretaskāya svāhā # TS.7.5.12.2; KSA.5.3.
artheta stha # TS.1.8.11.1; TB.1.7.5.1; Apś.18.13.1. See next two.
artheta stha rāṣṭradāḥ # VS.10.3 (bis); śB.5.3.4.7 (bis). See prec. and next.
artheta sthādhvagataḥ # Apś.16.32.5; arthetaḥ sthānvagataḥ KS.39.1. See prec. two.
iheta devīr amṛtaṃ vasānāḥ # Kauś.3.3a.
iheta devīr ayam astu panthā # AVP.2.40.1a.
unnetar un non (read no) nayonnetar vasvo abhy un nayā naḥ # Aś.6.13.14. See next but two, and cf. next.
unnetar un mā nayā # JB.2.68. Cf. prec.
unnetar ya ādhavanīye rājā taṃ prāñcaṃ saṃpāvayasva # Mś.2.3.5.19.
unnetar vasīyo na (MS. nā) un nayābhi (KS. vasyo 'bhy un nayā naḥ) # MS.1.3.39: 46.4; KS.4.13; Apś.13.21.3. P: unnetar vasīyaḥ Mś.2.5.4.37. See prec. but two.
unnetar hotuś camasam anūnnaya somaṃ mātirīricaḥ # śB.4.4.2.17; Kś.10.6.20.
unnetar hotuś camasam anūnnaya hotṛcamase dhruvāyāvakāśaṃ kuru # Apś.13.14.11; 14.1.7.
unnetar hotṛcamasena vasatīvarībhiś ca cātvālaṃ pratyāsva # Apś.12.5.2.
unneta sarvaṃ rājānam unnaya mātirīrico daśābhiḥ kalaśau mṛṣṭvā nyubja # Apś.14.1.10.
upeta śamitāraḥ # KS.30.8a,9a.
ūrdhvareta virūpākṣam # TA.10.12.1c; MahānU.12.1c.
ekācetat sarasvatī nadīnām # RV.7.95.2a; MS.4.14.7a: 226.2; Aś.3.7.6. Cf. BṛhD.2.137.
ketave manave brahmaṇe devajātave svāhā # ApMB.2.21.7 (ApG.8.22.7).
ketavo aruṇāsaś ca # TA.1.21.3a; 24.4a; 31.6a.
keta saketaḥ suketas (MS. ketaḥ suketaḥ saketas; KS. ketas suketas saketas) te na ādityā ājyaṃ (MS. haviṣo) juṣāṇā (KS. ādityā juṣāṇā asya haviṣo) viyantu (MS.KS. vyantu svāhā) # TS.1.5.3.3; MS.1.7.1: 110.4; 1.7.5: 114.7; KS.8.14; 9.3.
gandharvetarajanebhyaḥ svāhā # Mś.1.6.1.47. Cf. under itarajanebhyaḥ.
ciketati nṛpāyyam # RV.8.26.14b.
ciketad dātuṃ dāmano rayīṇām # RV.5.36.1b.
ciketa suṣṭutīnām # RV.10.26.2d.
cetantīm aśmalāṃ palām # AVP.1.29.4a; 1.89.3c.
cetantī sumatīnām # RV.1.3.11b; VS.20.85b; TS.4.1.11.2b.
cetante dasyutarhaṇā # RV.9.47.2b.
dhunetayaḥ supraketaṃ madantaḥ # RV.4.50.2a; AVś.20.88.2a. P: dhunetayaḥ Aś.9.5.5.
naśyateta sadānvāḥ # AVś.2.14.5d,6d; AVP.2.4.2d,3d; 10.1.6d.
naśyeta paro mā tvā hiṃsiṣam # AVP.2.63.2d.
naśyeta prāmutaḥ pata # AVś.7.115.1b; AVP.6.8.4b.
pareta kastupakaṃ vaḥ punar dadāmi # AVP.10.1.4a.
paretana (TS.KS.Apś. pareta) pitaraḥ somyāsaḥ (TS.Apś. somyāḥ) # TS.1.8.5.2a; MS.1.10.3a: 143.8; 1.10.19: 159.6; KS.9.6a; 36.13; Aś.2.7.9a; Apś.1.10.7; Mś.1.1.2.14,37; 1.7.6.52; 11.9.1.5. See under ā ganta pitaro.
pracetana pracetaya # ā.4.2b; Aś.6.2.9a; 3.11; Mahānāmnyaḥ 2c.
pracetayann arṣati vācam emām # RV.9.97.13d. See pracodayann.
pracetasaṃ tvā kave # RV.8.102.18a.
pracetasam amṛtaṃ supratīkam # RV.3.29.5b.
pracetase tvā # TS.4.4.6.2; KS.22.5.
pracetase pra sumatiṃ kṛṇudhvam # RV.7.31.10b; AVś.20.73.3b; SV.1.328b; 2.1143b.
pracetaso ya iṣayanta manma # RV.7.87.3d.
preta marutaḥ svatavasa enā viśpatyāmuṃ rājānam abhi # MS.2.2.1: 15.9; Mś.5.1.8.11 (12). See upa preta etc.
preta pādau pra sphuratam # AVś.1.27.4a. P: pretaṃ pādau Kauś.50.8.
bādhasveta kimīdinaḥ # AVś.8.6.25d.
yajeta vāśvamedhena # ViDh.85.67c.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"eta" has 184 results
itaretarapossessed of interdependence; depending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतरं कार्यमसद्वत् Candra Pari. 5 }. Grammatical operations are of no avail if the rules stating them are mutually depending on each other. The word इतरेतर has the sense of इतरेतराश्रय here.
itaretarayogamutual relationship with each other. Out of the four senses of the indeclinable च viz. समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the Dvandva compound is formed of words connected in the last two ways and not in the first two ways. The instances of द्वन्द्व in the sense of इतरेतरयोग are धवखदिरपलाशाः, प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ etc; confer, compare Kāś.on P. II.2.29 confer, compare also प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्प्लक्षोपि न्यग्रोधसहायो न्यग्रोधोपि प्लक्षसहाय इति M.Bh. on II.2.29; confer, compare also इतरेतरयोगः स यदा उद्रिक्तावयवभेदो भवति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 16.
itaretarāśrayadepending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतराश्रयाणि च कार्याणि न प्रकल्पन्ते । तद्यथा । नौर्नावि बद्धा नेतरेतरत्राणाय भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1. See इतरेतर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kṣīrataraṅgiṇīsaṃketaan abridgment of क्षीरतरङ्गिणी by the author himselfeminine. See क्षीरतरङ्गणी.
vetanādia class of words headed by वेतन which have the taddhita affix इक (ठक्) added to them in the sense of "earning a livelihood' exempli gratia, for example वेतनिक: | धानुष्क:; दाण्डिक:; confer, compare वेतनेन जीवति वैतनिकः कर्मकर: Kas on P. IV. 4.12.
vyapetahaving an intervention of ( a letter, or letters or a pada); the word is used in the same sense as व्यवाहित; confer, compare स्वापिग्रहणं व्यपेतार्यम् | व्यपेतार्थोयमारम्भः। सुष्वापयिषति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII.4.67.
samanvayapradīpasaṃketaa treatise on the philosophy of Vyakarana written as a commentary by the author दंवशर्मन् on his own Karikas on the subject.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anarthaka(1)without any signification;literally having no meaning of themselves, id est, that ispossessing a meaning only when used in company with other words or parts of words which bear an independent sense;(the word is used generally in connection with prepositions); exempli gratia, for example अधिपरी अनर्थकौ P.1.4.93, confer, compare अनर्थान्तरवाचिनावनर्थकौ । धातुनोक्तां क्रियामाहतुः । तदविशिष्टं भवति यथा शङ्के पय: ॥ Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.93; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.3: confer, compare also अनर्थकौ अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ Kāś. on I.4.93, explained as अनर्थान्तरवाचित्वादनर्थकावित्युक्तम् न त्वर्थाभावादिति दर्शयति by न्यासकार; (2) meaningless, purposeless: confer, compare प्रमाणभूत आचार्यो दर्भपवित्रपाणिः महता यत्नेन सूत्रं प्रणयति स्म । तत्राशक्यं वर्णेनाप्यनर्थकेन भवितुं किं पुनरियता सूत्रेण M.Bh. on I.1.1, as also सामर्थ्ययोगान्न हि किंचिदस्मिन् पश्यामि शास्त्रे यदनर्थकं स्यात् M.Bh. on P. VI.I.77. See for details M.Bh. on I.2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 12: III.1.77 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 and Kaiyaṭa and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon; (3) possessed of no sense absolutely as some nipātas केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः केचन च निरर्थकाः U1. varia lectio, another reading, on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII.9; निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P. I. 2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).12 confer, compare also जन्या इति निपातनानर्थक्यं P. IV. 4.82. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, एकागारान्निपातनानर्थक्यं P. V.1.113 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, also 114 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).1.
anupapattidiscord, absence of validity, incorrect interpretation; confer, compareप्रथमानुपपत्तिस्तु M.Bh on I.4.9.
anuvṛttirepetition or recurrence of a word from the previous to the subsequent rule or rules, which is necessary for the sake of the intended interpretation. The word is of common use in books on Pāṇini's grammar. This recurrence is generally continuous like the stream of a river ( गङ्गास्रोतोवत् ); sometimes however, when it is not required in an intermediate rule, although it proceeds further, it is named मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवृत्ति. In rare cases it is taken backwards in a sūtra work from a subsequent rule to a previous rule when it is called अपकर्ष.
apavādaa special rule which sets aside the general rule; a rule forming an exception to the general rule. exempli gratia, for example आतोनुपसर्गे कः III.2.2 which is an exception of the general rule कर्मण्यण् III.2.1; confer, compare येन नाप्राप्तो यो विधिरारभ्यते स तस्य बाधको भवति, तदपवादोयं येागो भवति; Pari. Śekh. Par 57; for details see Pari. Śekh. Pari. 57-65: cf न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् । न्याया उत्सर्गाः महाविधयः । अपवादा अल्पविषयाः विधय: । तानुत्सर्गेण मिश्रानेकीकृताञ् जानीयात् । अपवादविषयं मुक्त्वा उत्सर्गाः प्रवर्तन्ते इत्यर्थः । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 23 and commentary thereon ; (2) fault; confer, compare शास्त्रापवादात् प्रतिपत्तिभेदात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 30 on which उव्वट remarks शास्त्राणामपवादा दोषाः सन्ति पुनरुक्तता अविस्पष्टार्थता, कष्टशब्दार्थता...
apādānadetachment, separation, ablation technical term for अपादानकारक which is defined as ध्रुवमपायेऽपादानम् in P.I.4.24 and subsequent rules 25 to 3l and which is put in the ablative case; confer, compare अपादाने पञ्चमी P. II.3.28.
aprasiddhiabsence of clear sense or interpretation; cf इतरेतराश्रयत्वादप्रसिद्धि: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, I.1.38 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avaśaṃgamaname of a Samdhi when a class consonant, followed by any consonant is not changed, but retained as it is; confer, compare स्पर्शाः पूर्वे व्यञ्जनान्युत्तराणि अास्थापितानां अवशंगमं तत् R.Pr.IV. l; eg. अारैक् पन्थाम् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita. I.113.16, वषट् ते (Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.VII.99.7) अजानन् पुत्रः (R. V. X.85.14).
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
asiddhaparibhāṣāthe same as Antaraṅga Paribhāṣā or the doctrine of the invalidity of the bahiraṅga operation. See the word असिद्ध a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see the Paribhāṣā 'asiddham , bahiraṅgam antaraṅge' Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 50 and the discussion thereon. Some grammarians have given the name असिद्धपरिभाषा to the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे as contrasted with अन्तरङ्गं बहुिरङ्कगाद् वलीयः which they have named as बहिरङ्गपरिभाषा.
ādyudāttaa word beginning with an acute-accent id est, that is which has got the first vowel accented acute: words in the vocative case and words formed with an affix marked with a mute ञ् or न् are ādyudātta; confer, compareP. VI.1.197, 198: for illustrations in detail see P.VI.1.189-216.
indraname of a great grammarian who is believed to have written an exhaustive treatise on grammar before Pāṇini; confer, compare the famous verse of Bopadeva at the commencement of his Dhātupāṭha इन्द्रश्चन्द्र: काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिका: ॥ No work of Indra is available at present. He is nowhere quoted by Pāṇini. Many quotations believed to have been taken from his work are found scattered in grammar works, from which it appears that there was an ancient system prevalent in the eastern part of India at the time of Pāṇini which could be named ऐन्द्रव्याकरणपद्धति, to which Pāṇini possibly refers by the word प्राचाम्. From references,it appears that the grammar was of the type of प्रक्रिया, discussing various topics of grammar such as alphabet, coalescence, declension, context, compounds, derivatives from nouns and roots, conjugation, and changes in the base. The treatment was later on followed by Śākaṭāyana and writers of the Kātantra school.For details see Mahābhāṣya edition by D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII pages 124-127.
utsargaa general rule as contrasted with a special rule which is called अपवाद or exception; confer, compare उत्सर्गापवादयोरपवादो बलीयान् Hema. Pari.56; प्रकल्प्य वापवादविषयं तत उत्सर्गोभिनिविशते Par.Śek. Pari.63, Sīra. Pari.97; confer, compare also उत्सर्गसमानदेशा अपवादा;. For the बाध्यबाधकभाव relation between उत्सर्ग and अपवाद and its details see Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara on Paribhāṣās 57 to 65: confer, compare also न्यायैर्मिश्रान् अपवादान्प्रतीयात् explained by the commentator as न्याया उत्सर्गा महाविषया विधयः अपवादा अल्पविषया विधयः । तान् उत्सर्गेण भिश्रानेकीकृतान् जानीयात् । अपवादविषयं मुक्त्वा उत्सर्गाः प्रवर्तन्ते इत्यर्थः R.Pr.I.23.
udāttanirdeśaconventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.
udāharaṇaa grammatical example in explanation of an interpretation; confer, compare नैकमुदाहरणमसवर्णग्रहणं प्रयोजयति P.VI. 1.11.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
uṣṇih(उष्णिक्)name of the second of the main seven Vedic metres which are known by the name प्रजापतिच्छन्दस्. The Uṣṇik metre consists of 28 syllables divided into three padas of 8, 8 and 12 sylla bles. It has got many varieties such as पुरउष्णिह्, ककुभ् and others; for details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI 20-26.
ṛṣicchandsthe metre of the Vedic seers. The seven metres गायत्री, उष्णिक्, अनुष्टुप्, बृहती, पङ्क्ति, त्रिष्टुप् and जगती consisting respectively of 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44 and 48 syllables are named ऋषिच्छन्दस् as contrasted with the metres दैव, प्राजापत्य and आसुर, which, when combined together, make the metres of the Vedic seers, For details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.1.5.
ekavākyaan expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
aupamikafigurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि | अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.
karmavadbhāvathe activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.
kalāpa(कलाप-व्याकरण)alternative name given to the treatise on grammar written by Sarvavarman who is believed to have lived in the days of the Sātavāhana kings. The treatise is popularly known by the namc Kātantra Vyākaraṇa. The available treatise,viz. Kalpasūtras, is much similar to the Kātantra Sūtras having a few changes and additions only here and there.It is rather risky to say that Kalāpa was an ancient system of grammar which is referred to in the Pāṇini Sūtra कलापिनोण् P. IV.3.108. For details see कातन्त्र.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārtakaujapādia class of words headed by the word कार्तकौजप, which are all dvandva compounds, and which have their first member retaining its own accent; e. g. कार्तकौजपौ, आवन्त्यश्मकाः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P.VI.2.37.
kāryakālaparibhāṣāone of the important Paribhāṣā, regarding the application of the Paribhāṣā rules. See कायैकाल. For details see Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 3.
kāryātideśalooking upon the substitute as the very original for the sake of operations that are caused by the presence of the original;the word is used in contrast with रूपातिदेश where actually the original is restored in the place of the substitute on certain conditions. For details see Mahābhāṣya on द्विर्वचनेचि P. 1.1.59.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kīlhārnKielhorn F., a sound scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who brought out excellent editions of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya and the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and wrote an essay on the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana. For details see Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya Vol VII.p.40, D. E society edition, Poona.
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
gūḍhabhāvavṛttia commentary on Ramacandra's Prakriya Kaumudi by Krsnasesa of the famous Sesa family of grammarians. The date of this Krsnasesa is the middle of the sixteenth century. For details about Krsnasesa and the Sesa family see introduction to Prakriyakaumudi B. S. S. No. 78.
gaurādia class of words to which the affix ई ( ङीष्) is added to form the feminine base; exempli gratia, for example गौरी, मत्सी, हयी, हरिणी; the class contains a large number of words exceeding 150; for details see Kasika on P.IV.1. 41; (2) a small class of eleven words, headed by the word गौर which do not have the acute accent on the last syllable in a tatpurusa compound when they are placed after the preposition उप; confer, compare P. VI.2.194.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātabahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity of a Bahiranga operation that has already taken place by virtue of the Antaranga-paribhasa-असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्ङ्गेthat which is ' bahiranga' is regarded as not having taken effect when that which is 'antarahga' is to take effect. For details see Par. Sek. Paribhasa 50.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
ṭhacataddhita affix. affix इक or क (by P.VII.3.51) with the vowel अ accented acute applied to (1) कुमुद and others as a Caturarthika affix; confer, compare P. IV.2.80; (2) to multisyllabic words and words beginning with उप which are proper nouns for persons; confer, compare P. V.3.78, 80; and (3) to the word एकशाला in the sense of इव; confer, compare P. V.3.109. The base, to which टच् is added, retains generally two syllables or sometimes three, the rest being elided before the affix ठच् e. g. देविकः, वायुकः, पितृकः शेबलिकः et cetera, and others from the words देवदत्त, वायुदत्त, पितृदत्त, शेवलदत्त et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. V,3.83, 84.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
tiṅarthasenses possessed by the personal endings of verbs, viz. कारक ( कर्ता or कर्म ) संख्या and काल. For details see Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. तिङ्निघात the grave accent for the whole word (सर्वेनिघात्) generally possessed by a verbal form when it is preceded by a word form which is not a verb; confer, compare तिङतिङ: P. VIII. 1.28.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
dāsībhārādia class of words headed by the word दासीभार which,although they are tatpurusa compounds, retain the accents of the first member of the compound: confer, compare P. VI.2.42.
devatādvandvaa compound word called द्वन्द्व whose members are names of deities; the peculiarities of this Dvandva compound are (a) that generally there are changes at the end of the first member, by virtue of which it appears similar to a word ending in the dual number, and (b) that both the words retain their original accents.exempli gratia, for example इन्द्रासोमौ, सौमापूषणा, अग्नीषोमाभ्यां, मित्रावरुणाभ्याम् ; for changes, confer, compare P. VI.3.25-31; for accent, confer, compare देवताद्वन्द्वानि चानामन्त्रितानि (द्विरुदात्तानिं) । इन्द्राबृहस्पतिभ्याम्, इन्द्राबृहस्पती इति त्रीणि Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II.48, 49; confer, compare also देवताद्वन्द्वे च P. VI, 2.141.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
na(1)the consonant न् (see न् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) with the vowel added to it for facility of utterance, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21 ; (2) taddhita affix. affix न added to words headed by पामन् in the sense of possession; exempli gratia, for example पामनः, हेमनः et cetera, and others, cf P. V. 2.100; (3) taddhita affix. affix न as found in the word ज्योत्स्ना derived from ज्योतिष्, cf P. V. 2.114; (4) unadi affix न as found in the word स्योनः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.4.19; (5) the krt affix नङ् as also नन् prescribed after the roots यज्, याच्, यत्, विच्छ्, प्रच्छ्, रक्ष् and स्वप् , e g. यज्ञ:, याञ्चा, प्रश्नः et cetera, and others, cf P. III. 3.90, 91; (6) the negative particle न given by Panini as नञ् and referred to in the same way, which (id est, that is न.) when compounded with a following word is changed into अ or अन् or retained in rare cases as for instance in नभ्राट्, नासत्यौ, नक्षत्रम् et cetera, and others cf P. VI.3.73-75;(7) taddhita affix.affix न (नञ्) applied to the words स्त्री and पुंस् in senses given from P. IV. 1.92 to V. 2.1 e. g. स्त्रैणं, पौंस्नम् confer, compare IV. 1.87.
nandikeśvarakārikāa short treatise of 28 stanzas, attributed to an ancient grammarian नन्दिकेश्वर, which gives a philosophical interpretation of the fourteen sutras attributed to God Siva. The authorship of the treatise is assigned traditionally to the Divine Bull of God Siva. See नन्दिकेश्वर. The treatise is also named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nimittāpāyaparibhāṣāa popular name given by grammarians to the maxim निमित्तापाये नैमित्तिकस्याप्यपायः,. a thing, which is brought into existence by a cause, disappears on the disappearance of the cause. The maxim is not, of course, universally applicable. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 56, Sira. Pari. 99.
nirdiśyamānaparibhāṣāa short form for the maxim निर्दिश्यमानस्यादेशा भवन्ति which means 'substitutes take the place of that or its part which has been actually stated or enunciated in the rule (of grammar)' Par. Sek. Pari. 12. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 12.
nirvacanainterpretation by means of etymology as found in the Nirukta works; the act of fully uttering the meaning hidden in words that are partially or wholly unintelligible in respect of their derivation, by separating a word into its component letters; confer, compare निष्कृष्य विगृह्य निर्वचनम्, Durgavrtti on Nirukta of Yāska.II. 1.For details see Nirukta II.1.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
nihitaseparated with the intervention of a consonant. The word is used in connection with the detached first part of a compound word not followed immediately by a vowel; confer, compare अनिहतं अव्यवहितम् Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 30.
nyāyamaxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.
pakṣaalternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
pañcālapadavṛttithe usage or the method of the Pañcālas; the eastern method of euphonic combinations, viz. the retention of the vowel अ after the preceding vowel ओ which is substituted for the Visarga; e. g. यो अस्मै; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 12; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19. This vowel अ which is retained, is pronounced like a short ओ or अर्धओकार by the followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāņāyaniya branches of the Sāmavedins; confer, compare commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padapāṭhathe recital of the Veda text pronouncing or showing each word separately as detached from the adjoining word. It is believed that the Veda texts were recited originally as running texts by the inspired sages, and as such, they were preserved by people by oral tradition. Later on after several centuries, their individually distinct words were shown by grammarians who were called Padakāras. The पदपाठ later on had many modifications or artificial recitations such as क्रम, जटा, घन et cetera, and others in which each word was repeated twice or more times, being uttered connectedly with the preceding or the following word, or with both. These artificial recitations were of eight kinds, which came to be known by the term अष्टविकृतयः.
padaprabhedalit, divisions of words: parts of speech. There are four parts of speech viz.नामन् , आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात given by ancient grammarians and the authors of the Prātiśākhya works, while there are given only two, सुबन्त and तिङन्त by Pāņini. For details see pp. 145, 146 Vol. VII. Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
padamañjarīthe learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāraskarādigaṇaor पारस्करप्रभृति, words headed by the word पारस्कर which have got some irregularity, especially the insertion of स् between the constituent words. For details see पारस्करप्रभृतीनि च संज्ञायाम् P. VI. 1.153 and the commentary thereon.
pārārthyaliterally serving the purpose of another like the Paribhāşā and the Adhikāra rules in Grammar which have got no utility as fair as they themselves are concerned, but which are of use in the interpretation of other rules; confer, compare अधिकारशब्देन पारार्थ्यात् परिभाषाप्युच्यते. Par. Sek. Pari. 2, 3.
pārṣada parṣadi bhavaṃ pārṣadamliterally the interpretation or theory discussed and settled at the assembly of the learnedition The word is used in the sense of works on Nirukti or derivation of words as also works of the type of the Prātiśākhyās; confer, compare पदप्रकृतीनि सर्वचरणानां पार्षदानि Nirukta of Yāska.I. 17 and the commentary of, दुर्गाचार्यः confer, compare also पार्षदकृतिरेषा तत्रभवतां नैव लोके नान्यस्मिन्वेदे अर्ध एकारः अर्ध ओकारो वास्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 48: see also pp. 104, 105 Vol. VII Mahābhāsya D. E. Society's edition. See पारिषद.
pitkṛtaa grammatical operation caused by an affix marked with the mute consonant प्: confer, compare यत्तु खलु पिति ङित्कृतं प्राप्नोति ङिति च पित्कृतं केन तन्न स्यात्, M. Bh, on III. 1.-3 Vart. 7. For details see पित्.
puṃvadbhāvarestoration of the masculine form in the place of the feminine one as noticed in compound words, formed generally by the Karmadhāraya and the Bahuvrīhi compounds, where the first member is declinable in all the three genders; e. g. दीर्घजङ्घः. This restoration to the masculine form is also noticed before the taddhita affix. affixes तस्, तर, तम्, रूप्य, पा​श, त्व as also before क्यङ् and the word मानिन्. For details, see P. VI, 3.34 to 42 and commentaries thereon. See also page 334, Vol. VII of the Pātańjala Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
puṃskamasculine nature, hence masculine gender. The word is generally found as a part of the word भाषितपुंस्क​ which means a word which is declined in the masculine and the feminine gender or in the neuter and the masculine gender in the same sense. For details see M. Bh, on P. VI.3.34.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
pailādia class of words headed by the word पैल, the taddhita affix. affix in the sense of युवन् applied to which (words) is elided; exempli gratia, for example पैलः पिता, पैलः पुत्रः ; for details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.4. 59.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prayoganiyamageneral rules or principles laid down regarding the use of words in language and literature such as (l) a word recognised as correct should always be used, confer, compare एवमिहापि समानायामर्थगतौ शब्देन चापशब्देन च धर्मनियमः क्रियते शब्देनैवार्थोभिधेयो नापशब्देनेति । एवंक्रियमाणमभ्युदयकारि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I. Ahnika l, (2) never a base alone or an affix alone should be used, but always a base with the necessary affix should be used; confer, compare यावता समयः कृतो न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या न केवलः प्रत्ययः M. Bh, on P. I. 2.64 Vart. 8, also on P. III. 1.94 Vart. 3; (3) when the sense is already expressed by a word, a word repeating the sense should not be used; confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः. Besides these, many minor regulations of the type of Paribhasas are laid down by grammarians. For details see Paribhashasamgraha Introduction.
pravādaa grammatical explanation; detailed explanation by citing the gender, number, krt affix, taddhita affix.affix and the like: confer, compare लिङ्गसंख्यातद्धितकृतरूपभेदाः प्रवादाः । पाण्यादिशब्दानां प्रवादेषु प्रथमो (original) नकारो णत्वमाप्नोति स च प्राकृतः । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 9. The word is explained as a change in the form of a word, as for instance, by the substitution of स् for विसर्ग where विसर्ग is, in fact, expected; confer, compare कबन्धं पृथु इत्येतेषां पदानां प्रवादा रूपभेदा उदये परत्रावस्थिताः दिव इत्येतस्य उपचारं जनयन्ति । यथा दिवस्कबन्धम् , दिवस्पृथुः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 22; confer, compare also प्रवादाः षडितः परे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18. In the Nirukta, the word is used in the sense of 'distinct mention'; confer, compare एवमन्यासामपि देवतानामादित्यप्रवादाः स्तुतयो भवन्ति ( deities are mentioned under the name of Aditya) Nir II.13; cf also वैश्वानरीयाः प्रवादाः Nir, VII. 23.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prādisamāsaa compound with प्र and others prescribed by the rule कुगतिप्रादयः P. II.2.18 and explained in detail by the Varttikas headed by the Varttika प्रादयो गताद्यर्थे प्रथमया P. II. 2. 18 Vart. 4, which comes under the general head तत्पुरुष ; the compound is also called प्रादितत्पुरुष; confer, compare कथं प्रभावो राज्ञः । प्रकृष्टो भाव इति प्रादिसमासो भविष्यति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.24 cf also प्रान्तः पर्यन्तः । बहुव्रीहिरयं प्रादिसमासो वा Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 2. 180.
priyādia class of words headed by the word प्रिया which do not allow their previous word in a bahuvrihi compound to take the masculine base by the rule स्त्रियाः पुंवत्.. P. VI. 3.84: e. g. कल्याणीप्रियः For details, see Kas, on P. VI. 3.34.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bṛhatīa Vedic metre consisting of four padas and 36 syllables. There are three padas of eight syllables and the fourth has twelve syllables. It has got further subdivisions known as पुरस्ताद्बृहती, उपरिष्टाद्बृहती, न्यङ्कुसारिणी or उरोबृहती, ऊर्ध्वबृहती विष्टारबृहती, पिपीलिकमध्यमा and विषमपदा. For details see R.Pr. XVI. 31-37.
bhasaṃjñāthe term भ applied to the noun-base in contrast with the term पद. For details see the word भ.
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
bhairavamiśraone of the reputed grammarians of the latter half of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century who wrote commentaries on several prominent works on grammar. He was the son of भवदेव and his native place was Prayāga. He has written the commentary called Candrakalā on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara, Parikṣā on the Vaiyākaraṇabhũṣanasāra, Gadā called also Bhairavī or Bhairavīgadā on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and commentaries (popularly named Bhairavī) on the Śabdaratna and Lingānuśāsana. He is reported to have visited Poona, the capital of the Peśawas and received magnificent gifts for exceptional proficiency in Nyāya and Vyākaraṇa. For details see pp. 24 and 25 Vol. VII . Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya D. E. Society's Edition.
mañjūṣāa popular name given to the work परमलघुमञ्जूषा of Nāgeśa on अर्थप्रक्रिया (science or method of interpretation) in Vyākaraṇa, which is generally read by advanced students. Nāgeśa has also written a bigger work on the same subject लघुमञ्जूषा which sometimes is also referred to by the word मञ्जूषा.
mantraname given to the Samhitā portion of the Veda works especially of the Ṛgveda and the Yajurveda as different from the Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and other portions of the two Vedas as also from the other Vedas; confer, compare मन्त्रशब्द ऋक्शब्दे च यजु:शब्दे च; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. The word मन्त्र occurs several times in the rules of Pāṇini ( confer, compare P. II. 4. 80, III.2.71, III.3.96, VI. 1. 151, VI.1.210, VI.3.131, VI.4.53, VI. 4.141) and a few times in the Vārttikas. (confer, compare I. 1. 68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4, IV.3.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 and VI. 4. 141 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1). It is, however, doubtful whether the word was used in the limited sense by Pāṇini and Kātyāyana. Later on, the word came to mean any sacred text or even any mystic formula, which was looked upon as sacredition Still later on, the word came to mean a secret counsel. For details see Goldstūcker's Pāṇini p. 69, Thieme's 'Pāṇini and the Veda ' p. 38.
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
māhendraname of very ancient,prePaninian grammar ascribed to इन्द् of which some references only are available. The grammar work is also referred to as ऐन्द्र: confer, compare यान्युञ्जह्यार् महेन्द्राद् व्यासो व्याकरणार्णवात् | पदरत्नानि किं तानि सन्ति पाणिनिगेाष्पदे Devabodha's commentary on the Mahabharata. For details see p. 124-27 Vol. VII Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
māheśasutrthe fourteen sutras अइउण्, ऋलृक् et cetera, and others which are believed to have been composed by Siva and taught to Paanini, by means of the sounds of the drum beaten at the end of the dance; confer, compare नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजेा ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद्विमशौ शिवसूत्रजालम् Nandikeswara-kaarikaa 1. For details see Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition.
yathāśrutārthagrāhinone who grasps the sense as given by the actual wording without going into details re: the use or application et cetera, and others: cf यथाश्रुतग्राहिप्रतिपत्रपेक्षोयम् यथोद्देशपक्षः इति कैयटः : Par. Sek. Pari. 2
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rājadantādia class of compound words headed by राजदन्त in which the order of words or the constituent members is fixedition There are about 50 words in the class; some of them are tatpurusa compounds such as राजदन्त or अग्रेवण in which the subordinate word which ought to have been placed first is placed second There are some karmadharaya.compounds in which one particular word is always placed first and not any one of the two: exempli gratia, for example लिप्तवासितम्, सिक्तसंमृष्टम् et cetera, and others There are some dvandva compounds such as उलुखलमुसलम् , चित्रास्वाती, भार्यापती et cetera, and others in which a definite order of words is laid down. For details see Kasika on राजदन्तादिषु परम् P. II. 2.31.
rūpātideśathe actual replacement of the original in the place of the substitute by virtue of the rule स्थानिवदादेशोनल्विधौ P. I. 1. 56; one of the two kinds of स्थानिवद्भाव wherein the word-form of the original ( स्थानी ) is put in the place of the substitute (आदेश); the other kind of स्थानिवद्भाव being called कार्यातिदेश by means of which grammatical operations caused by the original ( स्थानी ) take place although the substitute (आदेश) has been actually put in the place of the original. About the interpretation of the rule द्विर्वचनेचि P. I.1.59, the grammarians accept the view of रूपातिदेश; confer, compare रूपातिदेशश्चायं नियतकालस्तेन कृते द्विर्वचने पुन: आदेशरूपमेवावतिष्ठते | पपतुः पपुः | अातो लोप इटि च इत्याकारलोपे कृते तस्य स्थानिवद्भावात् एकाचो द्बे० इति द्विर्वचनं भवति Kāś on P.I.1.59; confer, compare also रूपातिदेशश्चायम् | द्विर्वचनेचि इत्यत्रास्य भाष्ये पाठात् | Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 97. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.VII.1.95 96.
rephina term applied(1)to the Visarjasnīya letter preceded by any vowel excepting अ and अा, ( 2 ) to the Visarjanīya preceded by अ in some specified words such as प्रातः, भाः, अविभः, अाद:, क: et cetera, and others under certain conditions, as also, (3) to the Visarjanīya in हातः, सनितः et cetera, and others For details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30-36.
ghumañjūṣāname of an independent work on the meaning of words and their interpretation written by Nāgeśa of which the परमलघुमञ्जूषा is a popular short extract by the author himselfeminine.
lactaddhita affix. affix ल applied optionally with the affix मतुप् to words ending in अा and meaning a detachable or undetachable part of an animal, ; as also to words mentioned in the group headed by the word सिध्म,as also to words वत्स and अस showing affection and strength respectively ; e. g. चूडाल:, सिध्मल:, वत्सल:, et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. V. 2. 96-98.
liṅga(1)sign or characteristic mark; generally the mute letter prefixed or suffixed to roots,affixes, or augments and their substitutes with a specific purpose; confer, compare किंचिल्लिङ्गमासज्य वक्ष्यामि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).7, अवयवे कृतं लिङ्ग समुदायस्य विशेषकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) proof, evidence ( प्रमाण ); the word is often used in the Paribhāșendușekhara and other works in connection with a rule or part of a rule quoted as an evidence to deduce some general dictum or Paribhāșā; (3) gender; confer, compare लिङ्ग स्त्रीलिङ्गपुंलिङ्गनपुंसकानि Kāś. on P. II. 3. 46; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम्. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari.71.The gender of a word in Sanskrit language does not depend on any specific properties of a thing; it simply depends on the current usage; confer, compare लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य which is often quoted in the Mahābhāsya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.36, II.2.29, II.4.12, IV. 1.3, V.3.66, V.4.68, VIII.1.15. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.IV.1. 3 where after a long enlightening discussīon the definition संस्त्यानप्रसवौ लिङ्गम् is given.
vanaspatyādia class of compound words headed by वनस्पति which retain the original accent of the members of the compound, as for example, in the compound word वनस्पति both the words वन and पति have got their initial vowel अ accented acute; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VI.2.140.
vākyaa sentence giving an idea in a single unit of expression consisting of the verb with its karakas or instruments and adverbs; confer, compareअाख्यातं साब्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् | साव्ययम् | उच्चैः पठति | सकारकम् | ओदनं पचति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 10. Regarding the different theoretical ways of the interpretation of a sentence see the word शाब्दबोध. For details, see वाक्यपदीय II. 2 where the different definitions of वाक्य are given and the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट is established as the sense of a sentence.
vākyakāṇḍaname given to the second chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya in which problems regarding the interpretation of a sentence are fully discussedition
vākyapadīyaa celebrated work on meanings of words and sentences written by the famous grammarian Bhartrhari ( called also Hari ) of the seventh century. The work is looked upon as a final authority regarding the grammatical treatment of words and sentences,for their interpretation and often quoted by later grammarians. It consists of three chapters the Padakanda or Brahmakanda, the Vakyakanda and the Samkirnakanda, and has got an excellent commentary written by Punyaraja and Helaraja.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vākyabhedaa serious fault of expression when a sentence is required to be divided into two sentences for the sake of its proper interpretation: cf केचिद्वा सुप्यापिशलेरित्यनुवर्तयन्ति तद्वाक्य भेदेन सुब्धातौ विकल्पं करोति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. onP.VI. 1.94: cf also तद्धि ( स्थानेग्रहणं ) तृतीयया विपरिणमय्य वाक्यभेदेन स्थानिन: प्रसङ्गे जायमानः et cetera, and others Par. Sek. on Pari. 13.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vākyārthathe meaning of a sentence, which comes as a whole composite idea when all the constituent words of it are heard: confer, compare पदानां सामान्ये वर्तमानानां यद्विशेषेSवस्थानं स वाक्यार्थ:, M.Bh. on P.I.2.45 Vart. 4. According to later grammarians the import or meaning of a sentence ( वाक्यार्थ ) flashes out suddenly in the mind of the hearer immediately after the sentence is completely uttered, The import is named प्रतिभा by Bhartrhari, confer, compare Vakyapadiya II.45; confer, compare also वाक्यार्थश्च प्रतिभामात्रविषय: Laghumanjusa. For details and the six kinds of vakyartha, see Vakyapadiya II.154.
vādiroots headed by वा and similar to वा. Really there is no class of roots headed by वा given anywhere but in the interpretation of the rule भूवादयो धातव: it is suggested that ' the roots which are similar to वा are termed roots (धातु)' could also be the interpretation of the rule: confer, compare भ्वादय इति च वादय इति M.Bh. on P. I. 3. l . Vart. ll .
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vipariṇāmachange; confer, compare कार्यविपरिणामाद्वा सिद्धम् | कार्यस्य संप्रत्ययस्य विपरिणामः कार्यविपरिणामः M.Bh. on I.1.56 Vart. 14. The word is very frequently used in connection with a change of the case of a word in a grammar rule which becomes necessary for interpretation; confer, compare विभक्तिविपरिणामाद्वा सिद्वम् as also अर्थाद्विभक्तिविपरिणामो भवति । M.Bh. on P.I.3.9,12:V.3.60, VI.1 . 4, VII.3.50.
vibhaktiliterally division, separation; separation of the base id est, that is that factor which shows the base separately। The word विभक्ति is generally used in the sense of case affixes; but in Pāṇini's grammar the term विभक्ति is applied also to personal endings applied to roots to form verbs; confer, compareविभक्तिश्च । सुप्तिङौ विभक्तिसंज्ञौ स्तः S.K.on Pāṇ. I.4.104. The term is also applied to taddhita affix.affixes which are applied to pronouns, किम् and बहु, ending in the ablative or in the locative case or in other cases on rare occasions. Such affixes are तस् (तसिल् ), त्र, (त्रल्), ह, अत्, दा, ऋहिल्, दानीम्, था ( थाल् ) and थम् given in P.V.3.1 to V.3.26.The case affixes are further divided into उपपदविभक्ति affixes and कारकविभक्ति affixes. For details see P.II.3.1 to 73.
vibhāṣāoptionally, alternatively; the word is explained by Pāṇini as नवा in the rule न वेति विभाषा (P.I.1.44)in consonance with its derivation from the root भाष् with वि; confer, compare नेति प्रतिषेधे वेति विकल्पस्तयोः प्रतिषेधविकल्पयोर्विभाषेत्ति संज्ञा भवति । विभाषाप्रदेशेषु प्रतिषेधविकल्पावुपतिष्ठते | तत्र प्रतिषेधेन समीकृते विषये प्रश्चाद्विकल्पः प्रवर्तते. The option (विभाषा) is further divided into three kind प्राप्ते विभाषा, अप्राप्ते विभाषा and उभयत्र विभाषा. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P. I.1.44.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
vilambitā vṛttiretarding or slow manner of speech in which the letters are uttered quite distinctly; this kind of speech is followed by the preceptor while teaching Veda to his pupils; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्ति प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्तिं विलम्बिताम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 19. confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 24. See विलम्बित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
viṣṇupaṇḍitaa grammarian belonging to the famous Śeṣa family of grammarians, who has written a small treatise on Paribhāṣā or maxims of interpretation which he has named परिभाषाप्रक्राश.
vispaṣṭādia class of words headed by the word विस्पष्ट which retain their own accents in a compound when they are the first members of a compound, provided that any word of quality is the second member e. g. विस्पष्टकटुकम् | व्यक्तलवणम् where the words विस्पष्ट and व्यक्त are used in the sense of clear, referring to the different tastes; confer, compare Kāś. On P. VI. 2.24.
vīpsācomplete application to all the different parts; comprehensive inclusion of every part or unit: desire to occupy completely: confer, compare व्याप्तिविशेषविषया प्रयोक्तुरिच्छा वीप्सिा नानावा| चिनामधिकरणानां क्रियागुणाभ्यां युगपत्प्रयोक्तुर्व्याप्तुर्व्याप्तुमिच्छा नानाभूतार्थवाचिनां शब्दानां यान्यधिकरणानि वाच्यानि तेषां क्रियागुणाभ्यां युगपत्प्रयोक्तुमिच्छा वीप्सा; exempli gratia, for example ग्रामो ग्रामो रमणीयः । Kāś on P.VIII.1.4. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.VIII.1.1 and 4.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛttisamuddeśaname given to the last of the fourteen sections of the third chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya ( viz. the संकीर्णकाण्ड ) in which the taddhita affixes and their interpretations are discussedition
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyapadeśivadbhāvatreatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,
vyavacchinna(1)separated; detached from a specific thing by the loss of connection with it; confer, compare एवमेतास्मिन्नुभयतो व्यवाच्छिन्ने यदि स्वार्थे जहाति जहातु नाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2; (2) characterized or possessed of an intervention by similar things confer, compare तद्वा अनेकेन निपातनेन व्यवच्छिन्नं न शक्यमनुवर्तयितुमिति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.83; cf also P. VI. 4.2.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyutpattivāda(l)name given to a topic in grammar which deals with the derivation of words as suitable to the sense: (2) name given to treatises discussing the derivation and interpretation of words.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śabdārtharahasyaa grammatical work on the interpretation of words by Ramanatha Vidyavacaspati.
śābdabodhaverbal interpretation; the term is generally used with reference to the verbal interpretation of a sentence as arising from that of the words which are all connected directly or indirectly with the verb-activity. It is defined as पदजन्यपदार्थोपस्थितिजन्यबोध:. According to the grammarians, verbal activity is the chief thing in a sentence and all the other words (excepting the one which expresses verbal activity) are subordinated to the verbal activity and hence are connected with it; confer, compare पदज्ञानं तु करणं द्वारे तत्र पदार्थधीः | शाब्दबोधः फलं तत्र शक्तिधीः सहकारिणी | मुक्तावली III.81.
śrīmānaśarmāa famous grammarian of Eastern India who has written a short scholarly gloss named Vijaya on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara. For details refer to Paribhasasamgraha.
ṣaṭkāraka(1)the six Karakas or instruments of action, which are differently connected with the verbal activity, viz. कर्तृ, कर्म, करण, संप्रदान, अपादान and अधिकरण; for details see कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare तत्र शक्तिमतो द्रव्यस्य कारकाख्यायामवान्तरव्यापारनिबन्धना षडुपाख्या भवन्ति |कर्ता कर्म करणं संप्रदानमपादानमधिकरणं चेति | Sringara Prakasa IV; (2) a work of the name (षट्कारक) written by a Jain grammarian Mahesanandin.
ṣaṭkāraka(1)the six Karakas or instruments of action, which are differently connected with the verbal activity, viz. कर्तृ, कर्म, करण, संप्रदान, अपादान and अधिकरण; for details see कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare तत्र शक्तिमतो द्रव्यस्य कारकाख्यायामवान्तरव्यापारनिबन्धना षडुपाख्या भवन्ति |कर्ता कर्म करणं संप्रदानमपादानमधिकरणं चेति | Sringara Prakasa IV; (2) a work of the name (षट्कारक) written by a Jain grammarian Mahesanandin.
saṃdehaambiguity; doubt regarding the wording of a rule or its interpretation or regarding the correctness of a word. It is looked upon as the main purpose of grammar to solve doubts regarding the correctness of words; confer, compare व्याख्यानतो विशेषप्रतिप्रत्तिर्नहि संदेहादलक्षणम् Pari. Sekh.Pari.1.
saṃnamanainterpretation, explanation: cf यथायथं विभक्ती: संनमयेत् Nirukta of Yāska.1.
saṃnipātaparibhāṣāthe maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.
sattāexistence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvanāmasthānaa term used in Panini's grammar, for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम् and औ as also for the nominative case. and acc. plural afix इ ( शि ) of the neuter gender. The term appears to be an old one, which was used, by a specific mention, for the first five case-affixes which caused a special change in the base before them in the case of many words; confer, compare शि सर्वनामस्थानम् । सुडनपुंसकस्य P.I.1.42-48. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition p. 239 footnote.
sarvavarmanspelt as शर्वबर्मन् also, the reputed author of the Katantra Vyakarana. He is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadbya at the Satavahana court, and to have revised and redacted the Katantra Sutras already existing for the benefit of his patron. With him began the Katantra school of grammar, the main contribution to which was made by दुर्गसिंहृ who wrote a scholarly gloss on the Katantra Sutras. For details see कातन्त्र,
siddhahemacandraa title given to his grammar by Hemacandra himself, which subsequently came to be called हैमशब्दानुशासन or हैमव्याकरण. For details see हेमचन्द्र.
sthānaplace of articulation; place of the production of sound, which is one of the chief factors in the production of sound; confer, compare अनुप्रदानात् संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् | जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात्, T.Pr. XXIII. 2. Generally there are given five places of the production of sound viz. कण्ठ, तालु, मूर्धन् , दन्त and ओष्ठ, respectively for the articulation of guttural, palatal cerebral, dental and labial letters and नासिका as an additional one for the articulation of the nasal consonants ञू, मू,ङू, णू and नू For the Jihvamuliya sound (क ), जिंह्वामूल is given as a specific one. For details and minor differences of views, see Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.III, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) 1.18 to 20,Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 2-10; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 65 to 84 and M. Bh, on P. I. 1. 9. (2) place, substratum, which is generally understood as the sense of the genitive case-affix in rules which prescribe substitutes; confer, compare षष्ठी स्थोनोयागा. P. I. 1. 49.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarasaṃdhieuphonic combination of two vowels, a detailed description of which . forms a small topic in the Prtisakhya and grammar works; wide Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) chapters II. 1-26; T Pr. chapters 9 and 10 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III and अच्सन्धिप्रकणम् in the Siddhantakaumudi.
svaritathe circumflex accent, the accent between the acute (.उदात्त) and the grave ( अनुदात्त); for details see स्वर.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
halsvaraprāptia possibility of the application of an accent to the consonant by the literal interpretation of rules prescribing an accent for the first or the last letter of a word, to prevent which a ruling is laid down that a consonant is not to be accented; confer, compare हल्स्वरप्राप्तौ व्यञ्जनमविद्यमानवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 80.
Vedabase Search
Results for eta2310 results
eta all thisCC Adi 6.13
CC Antya 6.88
eta in many waysCC Adi 7.89-90
eta indeedSB 12.8.2-5
eta soCC Madhya 1.223
eta so greatCC Madhya 9.97
eta so manyCC Adi 5.124
CC Antya 4.81
CC Madhya 1.169
CC Madhya 1.229
CC Madhya 14.169
CC Madhya 6.105
eta so muchCC Adi 16.96
CC Adi 4.191
CC Adi 8.28
CC Antya 16.110
CC Antya 16.94
CC Antya 8.16
eta so muchCC Antya 8.16
CC Antya 8.74
CC Antya 8.75
CC Madhya 11.109
CC Madhya 11.115
CC Madhya 11.27
CC Madhya 12.13
CC Madhya 13.159
CC Madhya 14.126
CC Madhya 16.269
CC Madhya 17.76
CC Madhya 18.24
CC Madhya 3.72
CC Madhya 3.74
CC Madhya 9.186
eta suchCC Antya 10.101
CC Antya 2.110
CC Antya 7.129
CC Antya 9.125
CC Antya 9.150
CC Madhya 16.257
CC Madhya 2.35
eta theseCC Madhya 14.188
eta thisCC Adi 17.216
CC Adi 17.219
CC Antya 12.40
CC Antya 15.39
CC Antya 16.129
CC Antya 18.112
CC Antya 7.132
eta thusCC Adi 17.186
CC Adi 17.50
CC Adi 3.107
CC Adi 3.29
CC Adi 7.102
CC Adi 7.80
CC Adi 7.82
eta anna so much foodCC Madhya 24.280
eta anna so much foodCC Madhya 24.280
eta ārti so much eagernessCC Antya 14.28
eta ārti so much eagernessCC Antya 14.28
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
CC Antya 2.141
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 2.141
CC Antya 3.222
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 3.222
CC Madhya 1.216
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 1.216
CC Madhya 11.193
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 11.193
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
CC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' after saying thisCC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' after this conversationCC Adi 13.86
eta bali' after this conversationCC Adi 13.86
eta bali' deciding like thisCC Madhya 12.16
eta bali' deciding like thisCC Madhya 12.16
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
CC Adi 14.35
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.35
CC Adi 17.187
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.187
CC Adi 17.272
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.272
CC Adi 17.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.287
CC Adi 17.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.54
CC Adi 17.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.98
CC Adi 5.171
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.171
CC Adi 5.196
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.196
CC Adi 6.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 6.87
CC Adi 7.33
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.33
CC Adi 7.75
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.75
CC Adi 7.93
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.93
CC Antya 1.174
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.174
CC Antya 1.220
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.220
CC Antya 10.117
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.117
CC Antya 10.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.145
CC Antya 10.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.151
CC Antya 11.20
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.20
CC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.98
CC Antya 12.119
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.119
CC Antya 12.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.123
CC Antya 12.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.24
CC Antya 12.36
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.36
CC Antya 13.114
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.114
CC Antya 13.122
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.122
CC Antya 13.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.41
CC Antya 13.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.88
CC Antya 13.99
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.99
CC Antya 14.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.112
CC Antya 14.76
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.76
CC Antya 15.55
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 15.55
CC Antya 16.101
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.101
CC Antya 16.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.83
CC Antya 18.37
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 18.37
CC Antya 2.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.133
CC Antya 2.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.137
CC Antya 3.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.138
CC Antya 3.156
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.156
CC Antya 3.18
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.18
CC Antya 3.238
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.238
CC Antya 3.243
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.243
CC Antya 3.259
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.259
CC Antya 4.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.133
CC Antya 4.201
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.201
CC Antya 4.50
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.50
CC Antya 6.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.287
CC Antya 6.322
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.322
CC Antya 7.159
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 7.159
CC Antya 9.104
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.104
CC Antya 9.107
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.107
CC Antya 9.144
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.144
CC Antya 9.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.21
CC Antya 9.80
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.80
CC Madhya 1.226
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.226
CC Madhya 1.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.70
CC Madhya 10.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.141
CC Madhya 10.153
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.153
CC Madhya 10.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.183
CC Madhya 10.60
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.60
CC Madhya 11.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.123
CC Madhya 11.158
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.158
CC Madhya 11.73
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.73
CC Madhya 12.175
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.175
CC Madhya 12.62
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.62
CC Madhya 14.12
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.12
CC Madhya 14.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.209
CC Madhya 14.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.250
CC Madhya 15.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.145
CC Madhya 15.258
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.258
CC Madhya 15.268
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.268
CC Madhya 15.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.281
CC Madhya 15.285
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.285
CC Madhya 15.295
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.295
CC Madhya 15.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.84
CC Madhya 15.92
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.92
CC Madhya 16.136
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.136
CC Madhya 16.142
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.142
CC Madhya 16.176
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.176
CC Madhya 17.146
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 17.146
CC Madhya 18.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.137
CC Madhya 18.157
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.157
CC Madhya 18.204
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.204
CC Madhya 19.105
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.105
CC Madhya 19.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.112
CC Madhya 19.237
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.237
CC Madhya 2.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 2.41
CC Madhya 20.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.21
CC Madhya 20.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.88
CC Madhya 24.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 24.281
CC Madhya 25.108
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.108
CC Madhya 25.184
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.184
CC Madhya 25.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.87
CC Madhya 3.10
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.10
CC Madhya 3.102
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.102
CC Madhya 3.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.118
CC Madhya 3.149
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.149
CC Madhya 3.192
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.192
CC Madhya 3.215
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.215
CC Madhya 3.26
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.26
CC Madhya 3.29
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.29
CC Madhya 3.40
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.40
CC Madhya 3.69
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.69
CC Madhya 3.78
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.78
CC Madhya 3.94
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.94
CC Madhya 4.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.138
CC Madhya 4.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.162
CC Madhya 4.191
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.191
CC Madhya 4.32
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.32
CC Madhya 4.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.44
CC Madhya 4.45
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.45
CC Madhya 6.46
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.46
CC Madhya 7.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 7.70
CC Madhya 8.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.193
CC Madhya 8.242
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.242
CC Madhya 8.299
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.299
CC Madhya 9.103
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.103
CC Madhya 9.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.162
CC Madhya 9.173
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.173
CC Madhya 9.217
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.217
CC Madhya 9.290
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.290
eta bali' speaking thisCC Madhya 5.34
eta bali' speaking thisCC Madhya 5.34
eta bali' talking like thisCC Antya 4.145
eta bali' talking like thisCC Antya 4.145
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
CC Madhya 1.282
eta bali' thus sayingCC Madhya 1.282
eta bhāva all these transcendental ecstasiesCC Antya 20.44
eta bhāva all these transcendental ecstasiesCC Antya 20.44
eta bhāve in that moodCC Antya 20.45
eta bhāve in that moodCC Antya 20.45
eta bhāvi thinking like thisCC Adi 16.91
eta bhāvi thinking like thisCC Adi 16.91
eta bhāvi' thinking like thisCC Madhya 17.72
eta bhāvi' thinking like thisCC Madhya 17.72
CC Madhya 5.106
eta bhāvi' thinking like thisCC Madhya 5.106
eta cinti thus thinkingCC Madhya 1.231
eta cinti thus thinkingCC Madhya 1.231
eta cinti' considering thisCC Antya 7.125
eta cinti' considering thisCC Antya 7.125
eta cinti' thinking like thatCC Madhya 5.128
eta cinti' thinking like thatCC Madhya 5.128
eta cinti' thinking like thisCC Adi 9.8
eta cinti' thinking like thisCC Adi 9.8
CC Madhya 6.14
eta cinti' thinking like thisCC Madhya 6.14
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Adi 4.136
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Adi 4.136
CC Antya 2.24-25
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Antya 2.24-25
CC Antya 6.171
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Antya 6.171
CC Madhya 15.61
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Madhya 15.61
CC Madhya 20.23
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Madhya 20.23
CC Madhya 20.84
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Madhya 20.84
CC Madhya 25.11
eta cinti' thinking thisCC Madhya 25.11
eta cinti' thinking thusCC Adi 15.26
eta cinti' thinking thusCC Adi 15.26
eta dina for so many daysCC Antya 6.280
eta dina for so many daysCC Antya 6.280
eta dravya so many preparationsCC Madhya 15.226
eta dravya so many preparationsCC Madhya 15.226
eta dūre so farCC Antya 14.115
eta dūre so farCC Antya 14.115
eta jāni' knowing all thisCC Adi 13.92
eta jāni' knowing all thisCC Adi 13.92
eta jāni' knowing thisCC Madhya 5.90
eta jāni' knowing thisCC Madhya 5.90
eta jāni' on this understandingCC Madhya 19.252
eta jāni' on this understandingCC Madhya 19.252
eta kahi saying thisCC Antya 5.59
eta kahi saying thisCC Antya 5.59
CC Madhya 20.62
eta kahi saying thisCC Madhya 20.62
eta kahi' after speaking thatCC Madhya 25.164
eta kahi' after speaking thatCC Madhya 25.164
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 17.135
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 17.135
CC Adi 7.122
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 7.122
CC Antya 1.68
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.68
CC Antya 1.84
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.84
CC Antya 12.145
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 12.145
CC Antya 15.24
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 15.24
CC Antya 16.120
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 16.120
CC Antya 17.39
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.39
CC Antya 17.61
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.61
CC Antya 2.121
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 2.121
CC Antya 3.29
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.29
CC Antya 3.41
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.41
CC Antya 4.38
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 4.38
CC Antya 6.166
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.166
CC Antya 6.204
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.204
CC Antya 6.205
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.205
CC Antya 7.116
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 7.116
CC Madhya 1.181
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 1.181
CC Madhya 10.22
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.22
CC Madhya 10.70
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.70
CC Madhya 11.179
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 11.179
CC Madhya 16.168
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.168
CC Madhya 16.242
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.242
CC Madhya 16.265-266
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.265-266
CC Madhya 9.151
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.151
CC Madhya 9.37
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.37
eta kahi' speaking in this wayCC Madhya 6.236
eta kahi' speaking in this wayCC Madhya 6.236
eta kahi' speaking so muchCC Madhya 25.46
eta kahi' speaking so muchCC Madhya 25.46
eta kahi' speaking thisCC Antya 14.55
eta kahi' speaking thisCC Antya 14.55
eta kahi' speaking thusCC Adi 12.43
eta kahi' speaking thusCC Adi 12.43
eta kahi' thus sayingCC Madhya 2.44
eta kahi' thus sayingCC Madhya 2.44
eta likhi' writing thisCC Madhya 19.35
eta likhi' writing thisCC Madhya 19.35
eta mata in this wayCC Antya 7.79
eta mata in this wayCC Antya 7.79
eta paḍi' reciting theseCC Madhya 13.81
eta paḍi' reciting theseCC Madhya 13.81
eta pāta so many leaf dishesCC Madhya 14.37
eta pāta so many leaf dishesCC Madhya 14.37
eta saba all theseCC Madhya 22.93
eta saba all theseCC Madhya 22.93
eta saba all thisCC Antya 10.97
eta saba all thisCC Antya 10.97
CC Antya 4.83
eta saba all thisCC Antya 4.83
eta sampatti so much opulenceCC Madhya 14.206
eta sampatti so much opulenceCC Madhya 14.206
eta sampatti chāḍi' giving so much opulenceCC Madhya 14.207
eta sampatti chāḍi' giving so much opulenceCC Madhya 14.207
eta sampatti chāḍi' giving so much opulenceCC Madhya 14.207
eta saubhāgya so much fortuneCC Antya 4.91
eta saubhāgya so much fortuneCC Antya 4.91
eta śuni' after hearing all thisCC Adi 17.203
eta śuni' after hearing all thisCC Adi 17.203
eta śuni' after hearing so muchCC Adi 14.91
eta śuni' after hearing so muchCC Adi 14.91
eta śuni' after hearing thisCC Madhya 16.169
eta śuni' after hearing thisCC Madhya 16.169
eta śuni' hearing all these detailsCC Antya 9.94
eta śuni' hearing all these detailsCC Antya 9.94
eta śuni' hearing all thisCC Madhya 5.63
eta śuni' hearing all thisCC Madhya 5.63
eta śuni' hearing so muchCC Madhya 8.233
eta śuni' hearing so muchCC Madhya 8.233
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 1.192
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 1.192
CC Antya 18.60
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 18.60
CC Antya 19.22
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 19.22
CC Antya 2.126
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 2.126
CC Antya 3.116
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 3.116
CC Antya 3.89
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 3.89
CC Antya 4.157
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 4.157
CC Antya 4.72
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 4.72
CC Antya 5.54
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 5.54
CC Antya 6.240
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 6.240
CC Antya 6.257
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 6.257
CC Antya 6.29
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 6.29
CC Antya 8.70
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Antya 8.70
CC Madhya 10.136
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 10.136
CC Madhya 10.66
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 10.66
CC Madhya 11.50
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 11.50
CC Madhya 14.164
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 14.164
CC Madhya 14.182
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 14.182
CC Madhya 15.152
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 15.152
CC Madhya 15.164
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 15.164
CC Madhya 15.244
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 15.244
CC Madhya 16.183
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 16.183
CC Madhya 17.122
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 17.122
CC Madhya 19.27
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 19.27
CC Madhya 4.135
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 4.135
CC Madhya 5.156
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 5.156
CC Madhya 5.46
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 5.46
CC Madhya 5.51
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 5.51
CC Madhya 5.58
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 5.58
CC Madhya 5.86
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 5.86
CC Madhya 6.29
eta śuni' hearing thisCC Madhya 6.29
eta śuni' thus hearingCC Adi 12.46
eta śuni' thus hearingCC Adi 12.46
eta tattva all these varieties of truthCC Madhya 8.264
eta tattva all these varieties of truthCC Madhya 8.264
eta tīrtha to so many holy placesCC Madhya 9.356
eta tīrtha to so many holy placesCC Madhya 9.356
eta vāṇī these wordsCC Antya 7.53
eta vāṇī these wordsCC Antya 7.53
eta vicāriyā considering thisCC Antya 6.277
eta vicāriyā considering thisCC Antya 6.277
eta viḍambana so much cheatingCC Antya 19.43
eta viḍambana so much cheatingCC Antya 19.43
eta-dina until this dayCC Madhya 8.97
eta-dina until this dayCC Madhya 8.97
eta-kāla so longCC Adi 17.126
eta-kāla so longCC Adi 17.126
eta-kṣaṇa for so longCC Antya 10.92
eta-kṣaṇa for so longCC Antya 10.92
eta-rūpe in so many formsCC Madhya 20.247
eta-rūpe in so many formsCC Madhya 20.247
etaiḥ all theseBG 1.42
etaiḥ by all theseBG 3.40
SB 1.14.21
SB 2.5.20
SB 7.7.19-20
etaiḥ by all these (witnesses, beginning from the sun-god)SB 6.1.43
etaiḥ by themSB 10.58.43
etaiḥ by theseCC Madhya 8.1
SB 1.2.19
SB 11.20.15
SB 11.6.8
SB 3.28.7
SB 4.29.41
etaiḥ by these symptomsSB 11.25.17
etaiḥ by these waysSB 7.15.67
etaiḥ from theseBG 16.22
etaiḥ of theseSB 11.29.31
etaiḥ theseSB 3.29.19
etaiḥ with all theseSB 7.7.45
etaiḥ mantraiḥ by chanting all these mantrasSB 8.16.38
etaiḥ mantraiḥ by chanting all these mantrasSB 8.16.38
etam as it isSB 3.14.22
etam thisCC Adi 4.163
SB 10.16.63
SB 11.20.12
SB 3.24.14
SB 5.22.4
SB 5.5.8
SB 6.2.47-48
SB 7.3.18
SB 7.9.30
etam this muchSB 10.43.24
etam this type of behaviorCC Madhya 8.216
etam mantram this mantraSB 8.16.26
etam mantram this mantraSB 8.16.26
etarhi at the presentSB 1.17.43-44
etarhi at this momentSB 4.26.15
etarhi thereforeSB 2.1.14
etarhi thus certainlySB 3.16.36
etarhi eva just nowSB 10.82.21
etarhi eva just nowSB 10.82.21
etasmai unto HimSB 4.14.20
SB 8.19.31
etasmin at thisSB 10.64.22
SB 6.5.34
etasmin in thisSB 10.90.39
SB 11.24.15
SB 3.25.10
SB 3.7.7
SB 5.20.44
SB 5.23.3
SB 5.5.30
SB 5.8.8
SB 8.19.3
etasmin in this material existenceSB 4.22.13
etasmin in this matterSB 8.8.39-40
etasmin on thisSB 5.14.38
SB 5.4.18
etasmin thisSB 10.28.13
SB 10.85.15
SB 3.30.4
SB 4.22.15
SB 6.17.18
SB 6.17.20
etasmin this nārārayaṇāstraSB 4.11.2
etasmin unto this childSB 10.26.21
SB 10.8.18
etasmin antare after this incidentSB 8.8.41-46
etasmin antare after this incidentSB 8.8.41-46
etasya for himSB 10.78.34
etasya HisSB 10.83.41-42
etasya of all theseSB 2.10.19
etasya of all thisSB 8.15.27
etasya of HimSB 2.5.37
etasya of himSB 5.20.31
etasya of HisSB 2.1.26
etasya of the living entitySB 6.16.57
etasya of the LordSB 3.5.25
etasya of thisBG 6.33
CC Antya 14.16
SB 7.4.25-26
etasya of this universeSB 5.1.7
etasyāḥ of this Bhū-maṇḍalaSB 5.16.2
etasyām in thisSB 5.14.8
etasyām in this periodSB 3.14.24
etat a person materially conditionedSB 7.13.28
etat about thisSB 11.22.35-36
SB 3.33.11
etat about this incidentSB 9.4.12
etat all living entitiesCC Antya 3.84
etat all theseSB 1.17.17
SB 1.18.9
SB 1.3.29
SB 1.3.30
SB 1.5.27
SB 1.8.16
SB 10.8.37-39
SB 2.10.33
SB 2.3.1
SB 3.5.9
SB 3.7.35
SB 3.7.4
SB 4.13.24
SB 8.14.11
SB 8.5.11-12
SB 9.6.35-36
etat all these detailsSB 10.1.12
etat all these events of Dakṣa's sacrificeSB 4.6.3
etat all these explanationsSB 3.7.16
etat all these factsSB 8.24.2-3
etat all these incidentsSB 9.20.13
etat all these thingsSB 8.7.35
etat all these words about the Yadu family and Vṛṣṇi familySB 10.1.64
etat all thisBG 13.1-2
BG 13.19
BG 13.6-7
BG 13.8-12
SB 10.8.40
SB 8.15.1-2
SB 8.15.27
SB 9.5.21
etat all this fleshSB 9.6.8
etat all thoseSB 2.5.8
etat concerning thisSB 7.1.21
etat creationSB 2.9.33
etat for thisSB 10.50.9
SB 10.78.27
SB 10.78.31-32
etat having thisSB 10.47.33
SB 10.86.49
etat hereSB 9.1.32
etat in the Lord's mercySB 11.8.40
etat inquiriesSB 2.8.24
etat it isSB 2.1.11
etat of all thisSB 7.15.48-49
etat of these devoteesSB 10.14.33
etat of thisSB 10.83.20
SB 11.30.38
etat of this same personSB 10.81.33
etat on thisBG 18.63
etat on this matterSB 2.4.25
etat such a thingSB 3.12.30
etat such an actSB 3.12.31
etat such inquiriesSB 3.5.19
etat thatSB 11.13.15
SB 3.9.2
SB 4.5.26
SB 8.19.42
etat the events of Dakṣa's sacrificeSB 4.6.1-2
etat the followingSB 9.10.13
etat the following wordsSB 8.15.24
etat the mindSB 4.12.17
etat theirSB 12.6.60
SB 2.8.15
etat theseBG 16.21
SB 10.14.60
SB 10.85.22
SB 11.31.27
SB 12.12.2
SB 4.17.31
SB 7.15.25
SB 7.6.26
etat these incidentsSB 8.23.28
etat these two naturesBG 7.6
etat thisBG 10.14
BG 11.3
BG 12.11
BG 13.1-2
BG 15.20
BG 17.16
BG 17.26-27
BG 18.72
BG 18.75
BG 2.3
BG 2.6
BG 3.32
BG 4.3
BG 4.4
BG 6.26
BG 6.42
Bs 5.16
CC Adi 1.71
CC Adi 13.77
CC Adi 2.55
CC Antya 20.154
CC Madhya 20.170
CC Madhya 21.136
CC Madhya 22.34
CC Madhya 22.52
CC Madhya 23.35
CC Madhya 25.282
MM 38
MM 43
MM 5
SB 1.11.38
SB 1.15.51
SB 1.16.8
SB 1.6.34
SB 10.10.1
SB 10.12.22
SB 10.12.38
SB 10.13.36
SB 10.14.39
SB 10.14.54
SB 10.14.59
SB 10.15.35
SB 10.16.61
SB 10.17.11
SB 10.23.46
SB 10.24.30
SB 10.24.4
SB 10.29.13
SB 10.29.32
SB 10.32.16
SB 10.33.28
SB 10.33.30
SB 10.36.37
SB 10.37.9
SB 10.38.18
SB 10.38.4
SB 10.39.26
SB 10.42.2
SB 10.47.19
SB 10.50.7-8
SB 10.53.20-21
SB 10.54.19-20
SB 10.54.5
SB 10.57.3
SB 10.57.42
SB 10.58.53
SB 10.59.1
SB 10.6.44
SB 10.60.16
SB 10.60.2
SB 10.60.34
SB 10.60.49
SB 10.61.20
SB 10.62.1
SB 10.63.27
SB 10.68.54
SB 10.69.1-6
SB 10.69.20-22
SB 10.73.21
SB 10.75.16
SB 10.75.40
SB 10.76.32
SB 10.76.33
SB 10.80.39
SB 10.80.41
SB 10.81.41
SB 10.81.9
SB 10.83.6-7
SB 10.85.5
SB 10.86.54
SB 10.87.42
SB 10.87.44
SB 10.87.49
SB 10.88.2
SB 10.89.20
SB 10.90.47
SB 11.1.9
SB 11.10.11
SB 11.10.36-37
SB 11.11.26-27
SB 11.11.49
SB 11.14.31
SB 11.14.36-42
SB 11.16.37
SB 11.16.6
SB 11.18.10
SB 11.18.26
SB 11.18.27
SB 11.18.48
SB 11.19.11
SB 11.19.15
SB 11.19.8
SB 11.2.11
SB 11.2.17
SB 11.20.14
SB 11.22.5
SB 11.27.2
SB 11.27.5
SB 11.28.20
SB 11.28.8
SB 11.29.24
SB 11.29.25
SB 11.29.26
SB 11.29.27
SB 11.29.28
SB 11.29.30
SB 11.29.32
SB 11.29.4
SB 11.29.48
SB 11.4.9
SB 11.5.51
SB 11.6.28
SB 11.6.42
SB 11.8.33
SB 11.9.31
SB 12.10.40
SB 12.10.41
SB 12.10.42
SB 12.11.6-8
SB 12.12.58
SB 12.12.59
SB 12.2.26
SB 12.3.5
SB 12.5.13
SB 12.6.1
SB 12.6.33
SB 12.6.36
SB 12.8.15
SB 2.3.14
SB 2.4.10
SB 2.4.21
SB 2.5.3
SB 2.8.2
SB 2.9.37
SB 3.1.1
SB 3.1.3
SB 3.12.51
SB 3.13.21
SB 3.13.35
SB 3.15.3
SB 3.2.16
SB 3.2.17
SB 3.20.51
SB 3.21.20
SB 3.22.39
SB 3.23.10
SB 3.24.36
SB 3.26.11
SB 3.26.36
SB 3.26.52
SB 3.29.36
SB 3.29.44
SB 3.31.16
SB 3.31.20
SB 3.31.21
SB 3.32.30
SB 3.32.31
SB 3.33.36
SB 3.33.4
SB 3.5.6
SB 3.6.35
SB 3.8.18
etat thisSB 3.8.18
SB 3.8.7
SB 3.8.9
SB 4.1.16
SB 4.11.8
SB 4.12.27
SB 4.12.44
SB 4.12.46
SB 4.14.14
SB 4.23.36
SB 4.24.53
SB 4.24.71
SB 4.28.20
SB 4.28.65
SB 4.29.56
SB 4.29.83
SB 4.3.11
SB 4.30.20
SB 4.30.27
SB 4.30.39-40
etat thisSB 4.30.39-40
SB 4.31.25
SB 4.31.31
SB 4.4.13
SB 4.5.7
etat thisSB 4.5.7
SB 4.6.43
SB 4.7.31
SB 4.7.60
SB 4.9.34
SB 5.11.16
SB 5.16.2
SB 5.16.3
SB 5.17.16
SB 5.18.31
SB 5.19.21
SB 5.2.15
SB 5.22.1
SB 5.23.4
SB 5.23.8
SB 5.24.19
SB 5.26.1
SB 5.3.8
SB 5.7.13
SB 5.7.3
SB 5.9.20
SB 6.1.47
SB 6.1.51
SB 6.10.30
SB 6.16.33
SB 6.16.57
SB 6.16.64
SB 6.17.39
SB 6.17.41
SB 6.18.54
SB 6.18.69
SB 6.19.18
SB 6.19.25
etat thisSB 6.19.25
SB 6.19.26-28
SB 6.2.34
SB 6.3.2
SB 6.7.1
SB 6.8.36
SB 7.1.16
SB 7.1.17
SB 7.1.21
SB 7.1.35
SB 7.10.11
SB 7.10.15-17
SB 7.10.29
SB 7.10.41
SB 7.10.46
SB 7.12.11
SB 7.15.20
SB 7.2.59
SB 7.3.19
SB 7.4.44
SB 7.4.46
SB 7.5.25
SB 7.6.27
SB 7.6.28
SB 7.7.27
SB 7.8.18
SB 7.8.56
SB 7.9.31
SB 7.9.39
SB 8.1.31
SB 8.16.24
SB 8.16.58
SB 8.16.62
SB 8.17.20
SB 8.20.22
SB 8.24.20
SB 8.24.22
SB 8.4.14
SB 8.5.1
SB 8.6.9
SB 9.1.20
SB 9.4.53-54
SB 9.5.27
SB 9.5.7
SB 9.9.14
SB 9.9.19
etat this (as follows in the next verse)SB 10.28.12
etat this (as follows)SB 10.38.2
etat this (Bhārata-varṣa)SB 5.6.13
etat this (body)SB 4.4.23
etat this (false ego)SB 11.28.17
etat this (form)SB 1.3.5
etat this (knowledge)SB 11.13.38
etat this (maintaining body and soul together)SB 7.14.7
etat this (material existence)SB 11.10.13
etat this (process of Deity worship)SB 11.27.3-4
etat this (Supreme Truth)SB 11.3.36
etat this (universe)SB 10.84.17
etat this (world)SB 10.29.16
SB 10.60.57
SB 10.87.15
etat this activitySB 7.10.14
etat this bodySB 5.26.10
etat this body and the material manifestationSB 8.3.2
etat this bookCC Antya 20.155
etat this cosmic manifestationSB 4.31.16
etat this creationCC Adi 1.53
CC Madhya 24.76
CC Madhya 25.113
SB 8.24.32
etat this departureSB 3.16.30
etat this descriptionSB 4.8.5
etat this form of ViṣṇuSB 10.3.44
etat this incidentSB 10.10.40
SB 10.12.42
SB 8.5.17-18
etat this incident of delivering both Aghāsura and Kṛṣṇa's associates from deathSB 10.12.37
etat this instructionSB 3.32.39
etat this isBG 6.39
CC Adi 5.87
SB 1.6.22
SB 8.23.17
etat this kind ofSB 8.19.2
etat this knowledgeSB 5.12.12
etat this matterSB 5.13.26
etat this muchSB 1.5.32
SB 1.6.5
etat this narrationSB 4.23.35
SB 4.29.84
SB 7.10.47
SB 8.12.46
etat this narration of the deliverance of GajendraSB 8.4.15
etat this narrativeSB 3.19.38
etat this path of liberationSB 5.14.39
etat this sacrificeSB 4.19.31
etat this science of GodheadSB 2.7.51
etat this situationSB 8.7.37
etat this universeSB 12.11.24
SB 3.20.10
SB 4.9.14
etat thusBG 11.35
SB 4.2.3
etat to HimSB 10.55.32
etat to thisSB 10.32.16
SB 10.36.22-23
etat to this material concept of lifeSB 11.10.33
etat what you have saidSB 10.4.26
etat īdṛśam it continues to be the sameSB 3.10.13
etat īdṛśam it continues to be the sameSB 3.10.13
etat martyam this bodySB 4.2.21
etat martyam this bodySB 4.2.21
etat tat thisSB 10.22.19
etat tat thisSB 10.22.19
etat-ante after thisSB 11.6.31
etat-ante after thisSB 11.6.31
etat-artham for this purposeSB 10.50.13-14
etat-artham for this purposeSB 10.50.13-14
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
etat-virodhena because of going against himSB 7.5.47
etat-virodhena because of going against himSB 7.5.47
etau theseSB 11.11.6
etau these twoSB 10.41.31
SB 10.43.23
SB 10.46.31
SB 10.82.38
SB 11.11.6
SB 3.16.2
SB 3.19.29
etau these two doorkeepersSB 3.16.26
etau these two, namely Rāma and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.262
etau to these twoSB 9.14.21
eta by herSB 11.26.17
eta by thisSB 3.28.36
etayoḥ both doorkeepersSB 3.15.29
etayoḥ in their wakeSB 3.26.60
etayoḥ in themSB 3.26.54
SB 3.26.55
etayoḥ of these twoBG 5.1
etayoḥ of these two principles (always to remember Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu and never to forget Him)CC Madhya 22.113
etayoḥ regarding both Jaya and VijayaSB 3.16.3
abhilabheta particularly receivedSB 2.3.23
abhimanyeta may acceptSB 7.14.8
abhipadyeta is developedSB 7.5.30
abhipreta-artha the desireSB 5.3.2
abhipretam desire of the mindSB 1.7.1
abhipretam wishes of the mindSB 1.12.33
tat-abhipretam His desireSB 3.4.5
abhipretam intentionSB 3.9.27-28
abhyupeta approached with greetingsSB 10.71.37
abhyupetam promised to be acceptedSB 8.9.12
acetana unconsciousCC Adi 15.16
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 1.167
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 6.26
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 6.207
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 7.38
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 8.22
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 9.165
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 10.120
acetana hañā being unconsciousCC Madhya 12.144
acetana-vat almost unconsciousCC Madhya 14.134
preme acetana unconscious in the ecstasy of loveCC Madhya 17.154
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 18.162
acetana unconsciousCC Madhya 18.184
cetana-acetana living entities and even the stones and woodCC Madhya 24.58
haya acetana became unconsciousCC Antya 9.10
acetana deha unconscious bodyCC Antya 14.64
acetana unconsciousCC Antya 16.124
hañā acetana becoming unconsciousCC Antya 17.12
acetana unconsciousCC Antya 17.17
acetana unconsciousCC Antya 18.54
acetana unconsciousCC Antya 18.97
acetanam unintelligentSB 3.26.51
acetanam with undeveloped consciousness, foolishSB 6.2.5-6
acetanam almost unconsciousSB 6.14.60
acetanam unconsciousSB 10.25.14
acetane unconsciousCC Antya 19.88
acetasaḥ without Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 3.32
acetasaḥ having undeveloped mindsBG 15.11
acetasaḥ having a misled mentalityBG 17.5-6
acetasaḥ their minds being very disturbedSB 6.11.1
acyuta-cetanaḥ being fully Kṛṣṇa consciousSB 9.15.41
adhokṣaja-cetasaḥ those whose minds are absorbed in the Supreme LordSB 10.20.15
na ādriyeta would not adoreSB 3.22.16
na ādriyeta will not honorSB 10.63.41
ādriyeta one must honourNoI 5
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
aketanam being situated without a shelterSB 3.4.6
akhila-dharma-setave whose spokes are considered to be a breech of the entire universeSB 9.5.6
amogha-retasaḥ of that person whose discharge of semen never goes in vainSB 8.12.32
retasā aṃśena with the part of the semenSB 3.6.19
anabhipretam into undesirable circumstancesSB 3.31.25
anabhipretam not likedSB 9.18.23
aniketa without a residenceCC Madhya 19.127
aniketa having no residenceBG 12.18-19
aniketa without fixed residenceSB 11.9.14
aniketa without attachment for a residenceCC Madhya 23.111-112
aniketanaḥ without shelterSB 3.24.42
aniketatām having no fixed residenceSB 11.3.25
anirviṇṇa-ceta without deviationBG 6.24
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
anubadhyeta should become boundSB 11.17.54
anugṛhyeta may be favoredSB 3.16.19
samaveta-anukalpena by substituting the direct meaning of such incidentsSB 5.13.26
anukarma-cetaḥsu whose hearts are attracted by fruitive activitiesSB 4.6.49
anukīrtyeta is describedSB 8.23.31
na anumanyeta would not welcomeSB 3.22.18
anumanyeta he should obeySB 3.24.13
anumodeta he should agreeSB 7.14.6
anupetam without being reformed by the sacred threadSB 1.2.2
anurakta-cetasaḥ mind constantly attachedSB 11.14.17
anuṣajjeta will become attachedSB 11.23.23
anusmareta regularly remembersSB 10.79.34
anvīkṣeta one should seeSB 11.10.2
anvīkṣeta one should see by careful studySB 11.18.22
apahṛta-cetasām bewildered in mindBG 2.44
apahṛta-cetasaḥ unconsciousSB 6.18.61
apakṛṣṭa-cetanaḥ having degraded consciousnessSB 4.27.3
apeta not undergoing ceremoniesSB 1.2.2
apeta not having undergoneSB 1.5.24
apeta devoid ofSB 3.18.21
apeta subsidedSB 4.12.1
apeta-rāgam without affectionSB 4.26.25
apeta deprivedSB 10.87.38
apeta devoidSB 10.74.35
apetam departedSB 3.28.37
apetam departedSB 11.13.36
apetam bereft ofSB 11.14.22
apetasya for one who has turned awaySB 11.2.37
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 20.119
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 24.137
apetasya of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul)CC Madhya 25.138
cetasām api who have decided to accept the bliss of transcendental subjects as the aim and object of lifeSB 10.13.2
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
ārabheta should beginSB 6.19.2-3
abhipreta-artha the desireSB 5.3.2
ārti-hetavaḥ the cause of all inauspiciousnessSB 3.17.4
gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase to one who is too attached to family lifeSB 3.32.40
asamaveta-rūpam in an incomplete formSB 5.9.5
āślatheta becomes slackenedSB 5.5.9
prācetasa-āśramam to the hermitage of Prācetasa (Vālmīki Muni)SB 9.11.10
āśrayeta may take shelter ofSB 7.5.5
āśrayeta he should take shelter ofSB 11.29.10
aṣṭabhiḥ etaiḥ by these eight mountainsSB 5.16.27
asūyeta one should be enviousSB 11.17.27
asūyeta one should be enviousCC Adi 1.46
śveta-ātapatra white umbrellaSB 4.4.5
śveta-ātapatra-śaśinā with a white canopy like the moonSB 4.7.21
vyapeta-ātmā a person who has transcendedSB 11.7.40
atyaśeta he surpassedSB 3.23.41
na avakīryeta may not become disturbedSB 11.7.39
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectSB 11.17.27
avamanyeta should belittleSB 11.18.31
avamanyeta one should disrespectSB 12.6.34
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectCC Adi 1.46
na āvarteta passed his daysSB 1.15.44
preta-āvāseṣu at the burning places of dead bodiesSB 4.2.14-15
avaśiṣyeta remainsSB 2.9.33
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Adi 1.53
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Madhya 24.76
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Madhya 25.113
avekṣeta seesSB 4.28.63
aveta knowSB 3.16.26
tulya-āyāsa-hetavaḥ who made an equal endeavorSB 8.8.39-40
bādheta hindersSB 8.20.2
bādhyeta is obstructedSB 10.48.23
badhyeta becomes capturedSB 11.8.13
bahu manyeta would valueSB 4.13.45
śveta-bālu white sandCC Madhya 13.25
preta-bandhūnām of the friends of a dead manSB 7.2.27
preta-bandhūnām of the friends and relatives of the dead KingSB 7.2.36
bhagavat-priya-niketam devotees of the LordSB 5.10.8
bhajeta renders serviceSB 1.3.38
bhajeta must one worshipSB 2.1.39
bhajeta one must worshipSB 2.2.6
bhajeta must worshipSB 4.8.61
bhajeta would embraceSB 4.26.26
bhajeta should worshipSB 5.19.8
bhajeta should executeSB 7.14.10
bhajeta may reviveSB 8.24.48
bhajeta worshipsSB 11.11.29-32
bhajeta he should worshipSB 11.20.27-28
bhajeta a person worshipsSB 11.25.11
bhāvayeta he should meditateSB 11.27.37
bhetavyam should be afraidSB 8.6.25
bhetavyam to be fearedCC Madhya 11.11
na bhidyeta may not be influencedSB 7.5.7
vyapeta-bhīḥ free from all fearBG 11.49
bhikṣeta should begSB 10.71.7
bhinna-setave having broken all rules of civilitySB 4.2.13
bhriyeta may be filledSB 7.14.8
bhūta-preta-piśācānām of the bhūtas (ghosts), pretas and piśācasSB 4.5.25
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
preta-bhūta ghosts and spiritsSB 11.10.27-29
bhūta-preta ghostsCC Antya 18.57
bhūta-preta-jñāne by thinking to be a ghostCC Antya 18.66
brahmāpeta BrahmāpetaSB 12.11.43
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
buddhyeta understandsSB 6.16.58
ceta the mindSB 1.2.19
ceta heartSB 3.2.17
ceta heartSB 3.9.23
ceta mindsSB 3.15.49
ceta the mindSB 3.22.21
ceta consciousnessSB 3.25.15
ceta the attentionSB 3.27.30
ceta consciousnessSB 3.29.20
ceta heartSB 4.1.26-27
ceta knowledgeSB 4.24.43
ceta the heartSB 6.3.29
ceta consciousnessSB 7.5.14
ceta the mindSB 9.20.12
ceta by consciousnessSB 10.8.41
ceta mindSB 10.14.35
ceta their mindsSB 10.47.35
ceta the mindSB 10.64.27-28
ceta of the heartSB 11.3.40
ceta the mindSB 11.13.17
ceta the mindSB 11.13.25
ceta the mindSB 11.13.25
ceta his consciousnessSB 11.15.1
ceta my mindSB 12.6.6
ceta my mindCC Madhya 1.58
ceta consciousnessCC Madhya 2.36
ceta my mindCC Madhya 13.121
ceta heartCC Madhya 20.180
ceta my mindCC Antya 1.78
cetaḥ-prāńgaṇa in the courtyard of the heartCC Antya 1.99
cetaḥ-prāńgaṇa in the courtyard of the heartCC Antya 1.120
ceta of the heartCC Antya 1.190
ceta of the heartCC Antya 20.12
ceta my dear mindMM 12
ceta O mindMM 20
ceta O mindMM 34
anukarma-cetaḥsu whose hearts are attracted by fruitive activitiesSB 4.6.49
cetaḥsu in the core of the heartSB 8.8.41-46
ceta the living forceBG 10.22
ceta living symptomsBG 13.6-7
ceta intelligenceSB 4.17.33
ceta and the mindSB 4.20.12
cetana feelingSB 4.23.21
cetana the consciousnessSB 6.10.3
ceta the consciousnessSB 11.21.20
cetana-ujjhitāḥ devoid of lifeSB 12.10.23
cetana consciousnessCC Adi 4.251
sa-cetana spiritually cognizantCC Adi 9.33
cetana consciousCC Adi 12.24
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 1.99
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 6.16
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 6.37
cetana consciousCC Madhya 8.284
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 9.60
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 9.61
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 12.147
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 12.149
karāila cetana brought him to consciousnessCC Madhya 15.124
nāhika cetana there was no consciousnessCC Madhya 16.154
cetana pāñā coming to consciousnessCC Madhya 17.221
cetana pāñā getting His senses backCC Madhya 18.73
cetana consciousnessCC Madhya 18.170
cetana-acetana living entities and even the stones and woodCC Madhya 24.58
cetana karāite to inspire to spiritual consciousnessCC Antya 5.115
cetana pāite after coming to consciousnessCC Antya 14.71
karāilā cetana brought to consciousnessCC Antya 15.59
sa-cetana conscious living beingsCC Antya 16.124
sa-cetana consciousCC Antya 16.124
cetana consciousnessCC Antya 17.19
pāilā cetana returned to consciousnessCC Antya 17.20
cetana ha-ile when there was consciousnessCC Antya 17.21
cetana consciousnessCC Antya 18.43
sa-cetana consciousCC Antya 18.97
cetana waking upCC Antya 19.73
pāñā cetana becoming consciousCC Antya 19.102
apakṛṣṭa-cetanaḥ having degraded consciousnessSB 4.27.3
śabala-cetanaḥ whose mind was bewilderedSB 7.4.39
acyuta-cetanaḥ being fully Kṛṣṇa consciousSB 9.15.41
cetanaḥ he whose consciousnessSB 10.1.41
cetanaḥ his mindSB 11.26.6
naṣṭa-cetanaḥ having lost his consciousnessSB 11.28.3
cetanām consciousnessSB 4.21.35
cetanām consciousnessSB 4.22.30
cetanayā by living forceSB 4.21.41
cetanayā with the living entitySB 4.29.74
ceta by consciousnessBG 3.30
anirviṇṇa-ceta without deviationBG 6.24
ceta by the mind and intelligenceBG 8.8
ceta by intelligenceBG 18.57
ceta by the mindBG 18.72
ceta all mental activities (thinking, feeling and willing)SB 1.6.16
ceta by the mindSB 1.14.22
ceta by the mindSB 2.1.19
ceta with a heartSB 3.23.22
ceta with a heartSB 3.24.11
ceta with the mindSB 3.24.47
ceta by the mindSB 3.28.19
ceta by consciousnessSB 3.32.6
ceta with the intelligenceSB 4.3.22
pariśuddha-ceta without mental reservationsSB 4.6.5
nibhṛtena ceta with great pleasureSB 6.18.22
ceta with a mindSB 6.19.10
ceta with a mindSB 6.19.16
mahā-puruṣa-ceta accepting as the Supreme PersonSB 6.19.17
sneha-yantrita-ceta his mind being controlled by such affectionSB 9.7.15
ceta but by such a mentalitySB 10.2.30
ceta with a fully controlled mindSB 10.3.33
ceta heartSB 11.14.23
ceta whose heartSB 11.29.7
unmagna-ceta His heart being absorbedCC Antya 15.1
ceta by the mindMM 17
ceta mentallyMM 24
cetasaḥ their heartsBG 1.37-38
prasanna-cetasaḥ of the happy-mindedBG 2.65
cetasaḥ whose wisdomBG 4.23
yukta-cetasaḥ their minds engaged in MeBG 7.30
viśuddha-cetasaḥ of one whose mind is purifiedSB 1.5.25
cetasaḥ by the heartSB 1.7.24
druta-cetasaḥ melted heartSB 1.10.13
cetasaḥ either by the mindSB 1.17.23
cetasaḥ their thoughtsSB 3.25.23
cetasaḥ of consciousnessSB 3.26.22
śuddha-cetasaḥ of purified consciousnessSB 3.32.5
cetasaḥ those whose mindsSB 4.2.6
cetasaḥ in the heartSB 4.24.19
cetasaḥ his heartSB 4.27.5
cetasaḥ consciousnessSB 4.27.12
cetasaḥ whose consciousnessSB 4.29.39-40
cetasaḥ whose heartsSB 5.1.5
kautūhala-cetasaḥ whose mind is very inquisitive to understand the mystery of such statementsSB 5.12.3
eka-cetasaḥ all being of the same opinionSB 6.5.21
dāruṇa-cetasaḥ being very hardheartedSB 6.14.43
unnaddha-cetasaḥ whose mind is unrestrainedSB 6.18.26
apahṛta-cetasaḥ unconsciousSB 6.18.61
cetasaḥ their heartsSB 7.2.58
vimukha-cetasaḥ the fools and rascals who are bereft of Kṛṣṇa consciousnessSB 7.9.43
cetasaḥ their mindsSB 8.8.9
pratyupalabdha-cetasaḥ being enlivened again by revival of their consciousnessSB 8.11.1
muṣita-cetasaḥ their hearts are bewilderedSB 8.12.10
hṛta-cetasaḥ their consciousness having been taken awaySB 9.8.11
cetasaḥ the core of whose heartSB 9.8.22
cetasaḥ the cores of whose heartsSB 9.8.25
gṛha-cetasaḥ who are attached to materialistic household lifeSB 9.11.17
saṃvṛta-cetasaḥ those whose intelligence is covered by such illusory energySB 10.2.28
mūḍha-cetasaḥ foolish personsSB 10.4.45
sandigdha-cetasaḥ became doubtful about what could be done (because Gargamuni had predicted that this child would be equal to Nārāyaṇa)SB 10.11.5
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.14.44
cetasaḥ their consciousnessSB 10.15.49-50
cetasaḥ their mindsSB 10.18.31
adhokṣaja-cetasaḥ those whose minds are absorbed in the Supreme LordSB 10.20.15
cetasaḥ whose heartsSB 10.20.45
kṛṣṇa-cetasaḥ their minds absorbed in KṛṣṇaSB 10.22.5
cetasaḥ their mindsSB 10.22.13
cetasaḥ whose intelligenceSB 10.27.8
cetasaḥ in their mindsSB 10.34.19
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.35.1
cetasaḥ their mindsSB 10.35.4-5
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.35.8-11
cetasaḥ of the heartSB 10.38.18
cetasaḥ whose heartsSB 10.41.28
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.53.51-55
cetasaḥ whose mindSB 10.55.6
cetasaḥ whose heartsSB 10.68.53
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.80.30
cetasaḥ whose intentSB 10.82.41
cetasaḥ their heartsSB 10.84.57-58
cetasaḥ whose mindsSB 10.90.46
cetasaḥ her mindSB 11.8.27
sama-cetasaḥ whose consciousness is equal everywhereSB 11.14.13
anurakta-cetasaḥ mind constantly attachedSB 11.14.17
cetasaḥ awarenessSB 11.25.18
cetasaḥ my consciousnessSB 11.26.7
sarpa-cetasaḥ who is thinking it to be a snakeSB 11.26.17
cetasaḥ their intelligenceSB 12.3.43
hṛta-cetasaḥ devoid of material consciousnessCC Madhya 24.178
apahṛta-cetasām bewildered in mindBG 2.44
yata-cetasām who have full control over the mindBG 5.26
cetasām of those whose mindsBG 12.5
cetasām of those whose mindsBG 12.6-7
cetasām of those whose hearts are absorbed in that waySB 1.10.20
cetasām of that mental situationSB 1.15.22-23
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
cetasām of those of whom the mindsSB 3.4.2
cetasam of the heartSB 3.9.27-28
uddāma-cetasām who are determinedSB 3.23.42
cetasam whose heartSB 4.12.22
cetasām of the functions of the mind, such as determination and mental effortSB 5.18.18
cetasām or by consciousnessSB 8.3.10
tarṣa-cetasām bewildered in heart and soul by the illusory energy of ViṣṇuSB 8.8.38
tat-gata-cetasām being attracted by himSB 9.6.44
dīna-cetasām who are very simple-minded, being engaged in family maintenance and nothing moreSB 10.8.4
cetasām api who have decided to accept the bliss of transcendental subjects as the aim and object of lifeSB 10.13.2
cetasām whose mindsSB 10.15.26
cetasām whose heartsSB 10.39.28
cetasām for those whose mindsSB 10.86.47
cetasām whose mindsSB 10.89.14-17
kṛṣṇa-cetasām whose minds were totally absorbed in thought of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 11.1.8
cetasām and of the material mindSB 11.13.28
cetasām of the mindSB 11.18.17
cetasām on the part of the conscious faculties of intelligence and the sensesSB 11.25.17
cetasām their mindsSB 11.30.13
cetasām whose heartsSB 12.3.7
dīna-cetasām low-mindedCC Madhya 8.40
kṛta-cetasām of saintly personsCC Madhya 15.110
prasanna-ujjvala-cetasām whose hearts are satisfied and cleanCC Madhya 23.95-98
gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase to one who is too attached to family lifeSB 3.32.40
viṣaṇṇa-cetase morose in the core of his heartSB 6.11.12
cetasi on the seat of the heartSB 1.6.33
cetasi within his mindSB 10.86.56
cetasi in the mindSB 11.2.50
cetasi within the mindSB 11.13.17
cetasi in the mindSB 11.13.25
cetasi in the heartCC Madhya 23.40
cetasi in the heartCC Antya 19.105
cetasi within your heartMM 16
cetasoḥ whose mindsSB 10.45.8
cetayan enliveningCC Antya 5.112
cetayate is brought into animationSB 8.1.9
cetayate animatesSB 8.1.9
śveta-chatram a white umbrellaSB 9.10.42-43
cikitseta would treatSB 6.1.8
na dahyeta has not been burnedSB 12.6.18
kula-daiva-hetave for the good fortune of the dynastySB 9.5.9
dāruṇa-cetasaḥ being very hardheartedSB 6.14.43
mīnaketana rāma-dāsa Mīnaketana RāmadāsaCC Adi 11.53
acetana deha unconscious bodyCC Antya 14.64
neta-dhaḍi the silken coverCC Antya 9.111
retaḥ-dhāḥ a person who discharges semenSB 9.20.22
dharma-setave who protects religious principlesSB 7.11.5
akhila-dharma-setave whose spokes are considered to be a breech of the entire universeSB 9.5.6
neta-dhaṭī silken wrapperCC Antya 9.107
neta-dhaṭī parāilā decorated with the silken clothCC Antya 9.133
neta-dhaṭī the silken clothCC Antya 9.134
tiraḥ-dhīyeta disappearsSB 2.6.40-41
dhūma-ketave unto you who are like fire or an inauspicious cometSB 9.5.6
dhyāyeta one meditatesSB 10.47.32
dīna-cetasām who are very simple-minded, being engaged in family maintenance and nothing moreSB 10.8.4
dīna-cetasām low-mindedCC Madhya 8.40
diyeta was givenCC Adi 2.27
dṛśyeta is visibleSB 7.2.44
dṛśyeta is seenSB 7.11.35
druta-cetasaḥ melted heartSB 1.10.13
duńheta both of themCC Madhya 6.222
duṣyeta becomes pollutedSB 9.24.34
na duṣyeta is not spoiledSB 12.10.30
śveta-dvīpa of the white island, the abode of Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 11.15.18
śveta-dvīpa the white islandCC Adi 5.17
śveta-dvīpa Śvetadvīpa (the white island)Bs 5.5
śveta-dvīpam known as the white islandSB 8.4.17-24
śveta-dvīpam ŚvetadvīpaBs 5.56
eka-cetasaḥ all being of the same opinionSB 6.5.21
phale eta phala so much of a result was obtainedCC Antya 9.114
aṣṭabhiḥ etaiḥ by these eight mountainsSB 5.16.27
tasya etasya of this very time factorSB 3.30.1
prāyeṇa etat it is almost bySB 1.15.24
tat etat that sameSB 3.25.30
kim etat what is thisSB 7.5.26
sarvam etat of this entire cosmic manifestationSB 7.14.27-28
yat etat containing all moving and nonmoving creationsSB 10.3.31
kṣiptam etat this cart was dashed apart and immediately fell dismantledSB 10.7.9
yat etat that very mindSB 11.9.12
tat etat that indeedSB 12.6.30-31
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
tat-gata-cetasām being attracted by himSB 9.6.44
ghaṭeta it can so happenSB 2.9.1
ghaṭeta such a thing can happenSB 7.10.4
na ghaṭeta it cannot beSB 10.11.5
ghaṭeta can ariseSB 10.57.31
ghaṭeta is it possible or appropriateSB 11.13.22
ghaṭeta should actSB 11.20.14
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
gopāyeta let Him protectSB 7.8.13
gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase to one who is too attached to family lifeSB 3.32.40
gṛha-cetasaḥ who are attached to materialistic household lifeSB 9.11.17
gṛhyeta should be acceptedSB 3.13.10
guṇa-upetam a nice flavorSB 7.13.38
guṇa-upeta endowed with material attributes or facilitiesSB summary
guṇa-hetavaḥ are manifested from the material mode of goodnessSB 11.15.3
cetana ha-ile when there was consciousnessCC Antya 17.21
acetana hañā being unconsciousCC Madhya 12.144
hañā acetana becoming unconsciousCC Antya 17.12
hanyeta will be destroyedSB 11.8.14
hanyeta can be injuredSB 11.15.29
hareta should destroySB 3.15.36
hareta takes awaySB 11.27.54
haya acetana became unconsciousCC Antya 9.10
hetau and reason for existenceSB 10.46.32-33
phala-hetavaḥ those desiring fruitive resultsBG 2.49
hetavaḥ causesBG 18.15
hetavaḥ causesSB 1.5.34
hetavaḥ due to the cause ofSB 1.10.6
hetavaḥ the causesSB 3.9.16
hetavaḥ the causesSB 3.12.21
ārti-hetavaḥ the cause of all inauspiciousnessSB 3.17.4
hetavaḥ causesSB 4.1.16
hetavaḥ causesSB 4.8.28
hetavaḥ causesSB 4.22.9
sakala-loka-sthiti-hetavaḥ the causes of the maintenance of the different planets within the universeSB 5.20.39
hetavaḥ the original causesSB 5.25.9
hetavaḥ causesSB 6.3.4
hetavaḥ causesSB 6.4.45
prīti-hetavaḥ sources of pleasureSB 6.14.13
jñāna-hetavaḥ very learned persons who preach all over the worldSB 6.15.12-15
tulya-āyāsa-hetavaḥ who made an equal endeavorSB 8.8.39-40
hetavaḥ the causesSB 8.24.29
nāśa-hetavaḥ having the definite purpose of killing ThemSB 10.11.23
hetavaḥ the causesSB 10.24.22
hetavaḥ the causesSB 10.27.5
hetavaḥ causesSB 10.40.2
hetavaḥ sourcesSB 10.86.56
hetavaḥ the causesSB 11.8.38
hetavaḥ causesSB 11.13.4
hetavaḥ fruitive activities, which are the cause of future rewardsSB 11.13.31
guṇa-hetavaḥ are manifested from the material mode of goodnessSB 11.15.3
hetavaḥ causesSB 11.15.33
hetavaḥ the causesSB 11.22.12
hetavaḥ the causesSB 12.4.36
hetavaḥ the causesSB 12.8.45
hetave the root causeSB 1.17.28
sukha-hetave for happinessSB 3.30.2
hetave for the sake ofSB 3.32.5
hetave to causeSB 7.1.42
hetave for the purpose ofSB 8.1.14
sarva-pratyaya-hetave who is the solution to all doubts (and without whose help one cannot solve all doubts and inabilities)SB 8.3.14
hetave the original causeSB 8.16.30
yoga-hetave the original master of all mystic powerSB 8.16.33
kula-daiva-hetave for the good fortune of the dynastySB 9.5.9
naraka-hetave for going to hellSB 9.10.28
hetave to the total causeSB 10.16.41
hetave to the root causeSB 10.16.48
hetave for the purpose ofSB 10.17.18
phala-hetave for the sake of fruitSB 10.24.10
hetave to the sourceSB 10.40.29
vibhava-hetave for the sake of the opulencesSB 11.2.53
hiraṇya-reta HiraṇyaretāSB 5.1.25
hiraṇya-retasaḥ to the original fireSB 6.9.42
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
hṛta-cetasaḥ their consciousness having been taken awaySB 9.8.11
hṛta-cetasaḥ devoid of material consciousnessCC Madhya 24.178
iccheta should desireSB 11.8.1
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
īheta she would desireSB 4.25.56
īheta may performSB 6.3.33
īheta endeavors forSB 6.10.8
īheta should try to obtainSB 7.15.15
īheta should performSB 7.15.66
īheta should endeavorSB 11.8.4
ijyeta is worshipedSB 7.14.17
ījyeta one should worshipSB 10.84.37
īkṣeta one must concentrate onSB 2.2.12
īkṣeta he should seeSB 3.28.42
īkṣeta one must regardSB 3.31.40
īkṣeta may seeSB 4.7.3
īkṣeta one should seeSB 11.13.34
īkṣeta one may seeSB 11.19.14
īkṣeta one should seeSB 11.29.12
cetana ha-ile when there was consciousnessCC Antya 17.21
itaretara in different varietiesCC Madhya 24.295
jāyeta developSB 2.2.14
na jāyeta did not come outSB 8.7.16
jetavyaḥ is to be defeatedSB 10.71.6
jīveta self-preservationSB 1.2.10
jīveta one may liveSB 7.11.18-20
jīveta livesSB 10.14.8
jīveta a brāhmaṇa should liveSB 11.17.41
jīveta may liveCC Madhya 6.261
jīveta may liveCC Antya 9.77
jñāna-hetavaḥ very learned persons who preach all over the worldSB 6.15.12-15
bhūta-preta-jñāne by thinking to be a ghostCC Antya 18.66
jñāyeta would be knownSB 11.10.36-37
kalpeta can achieveSB 10.57.12-13
kāńkṣeta one should desireSB 11.20.13
karāila cetana brought him to consciousnessCC Madhya 15.124
karāilā cetana brought to consciousnessCC Antya 15.59
cetana karāite to inspire to spiritual consciousnessCC Antya 5.115
karma-vetanataḥ in exchange for wages from workingSB 5.9.11
kautūhala-cetasaḥ whose mind is very inquisitive to understand the mystery of such statementsSB 5.12.3
nikāya-keta shelter forSB 2.7.12
keta the shelterSB 8.5.38
ketaiḥ impressionsSB 1.16.32-33
kṛta-ketam taking shelterSB 3.4.6
ketam the shelterSB 10.63.44
sva-ketam his homeSB 11.20.15
kṛta-ketanaḥ taken shelterSB 4.21.32
ketanaḥ this bodySB 4.24.67
ketanam the houseSB 4.3.13
ketanam abodeSB 10.83.36
kṛta-ketanam restingSB 11.30.42
suparṇa-ketau who has a banner of GaruḍaSB 3.33.37
ketavaḥ the cometsSB 2.6.13-16
ketavaḥ cometsSB 3.17.4
parvata-ketavaḥ the flagstaffs on the mountainsSB 5.16.12
ketavaḥ cometsSB 5.23.7
ketavaḥ sparksSB 8.6.15
ketavaḥ the most eminentSB 10.27.25
ketavaḥ the flagsSB 11.30.5
dhūma-ketave unto you who are like fire or an inauspicious cometSB 9.5.6
kim etat what is thisSB 7.5.26
krameta graduallyCC Madhya 23.54
kriyeta one should performSB 7.5.23-24
kriyeta what do they doSB 7.13.31
kriyeta is to be servedSB 10.47.46
kriyeta one should executeCC Madhya 9.259-260
kṛṣṇa-cetasaḥ their minds absorbed in KṛṣṇaSB 10.22.5
kṛṣṇa-cetasām whose minds were totally absorbed in thought of Lord KṛṣṇaSB 11.1.8
kṛta-ketam taking shelterSB 3.4.6
kṛta-ketanaḥ taken shelterSB 4.21.32
kṛta-niketanānām of birds that have made their nestsSB 5.24.10
kṛta-ketanam restingSB 11.30.42
kṛta-cetasām of saintly personsCC Madhya 15.110
preta-kṛtyāni the ritualistic ceremony performed after deathSB 7.10.22
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.51
krudhyeta one can become angrySB 11.23.52
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.53
krudhyeta one should become angrySB 11.23.54
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.55
kṣiptam etat this cart was dashed apart and immediately fell dismantledSB 10.7.9
kula-daiva-hetave for the good fortune of the dynastySB 9.5.9
retaḥ-kulyāyām in a river of semenSB 5.26.26
na kupyeta must not become angrySB 6.18.48
śveta-kuṣṭhe with a white spot of leprosyCC Adi 16.70
labheta gainsSB 1.5.14
labheta could meetSB 3.19.27
labheta can achieveSB 4.21.40
labheta can achieveSB 5.5.15
labheta can getSB 6.19.25
labheta may obtainSB 7.7.21
labheta may attainSB 7.9.50
labheta can achieveSB 10.44.47
labheta will attainSB 11.31.28
labhyeta it is availableSB 8.16.26
pācheta' lāgiyā followingCC Madhya 22.159
lipseta one should desireSB 11.17.49
sakala-loka-sthiti-hetavaḥ the causes of the maintenance of the different planets within the universeSB 5.20.39
mahā-puruṣa-ceta accepting as the Supreme PersonSB 6.19.17
majjeta should batheSB 11.18.3
viśvāmītraḥ makhāpeta Viśvāmitra and MakhāpetaSB 12.11.44
manyeta thinksBG 5.8-9
bahu manyeta would valueSB 4.13.45
manyeta would worshipSB 5.17.19
manyeta respectsSB 5.26.30
manyeta considersSB 10.84.32-33
mat-niketam My residenceSB 11.25.25
netadhaṭī-māthe with the silken cover on the headCC Antya 9.132
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
mīnaketana MīnaketanaCC Adi 5.161
mīnaketana rāma-dāsa Mīnaketana RāmadāsaCC Adi 11.53
modeta take pleasureSB 7.9.14
mriyeta should dieSB 10.1.48
na mriyeta did not dieSB 10.11.26
samupeta-mṛtyum one who is on the path of repeated birth and deathSB 5.5.18
mucyeta may be actually liberatedSB 6.14.4
mucyeta is deliveredSB 8.24.59
mucyeta can be deliveredSB 9.4.62
mucyeta can be freedSB 10.75.21
mucyeta will become liberatedSB 11.29.24
mūḍha-cetasaḥ foolish personsSB 10.4.45
muṣita-cetasaḥ their hearts are bewilderedSB 8.12.10
na āvarteta passed his daysSB 1.15.44
na ādriyeta would not adoreSB 3.22.16
na anumanyeta would not welcomeSB 3.22.18
na kupyeta must not become angrySB 6.18.48
na sambhāṣeta must not speakSB 6.18.48
na bhidyeta may not be influencedSB 7.5.7
na jāyeta did not come outSB 8.7.16
na nivarteta cannot be checkedSB 10.1.48
na ghaṭeta it cannot beSB 10.11.5
na mriyeta did not dieSB 10.11.26
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
na ādriyeta will not honorSB 10.63.41
na śraddhīyeta would not be trustedSB 10.65.11-12
na nivarteta it does not ceaseSB 10.84.62
na pramādyeta is not bewilderedSB 11.2.35
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
na naśyeta may not be destroyedSB 11.7.39
na avakīryeta may not become disturbedSB 11.7.39
na viṣajjeta should not become entangledSB 11.7.40
na nindeta does not criticizeSB 11.11.16
na vihanyeta cannot be frustratedSB 11.15.27
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectSB 11.17.27
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedSB 11.20.9
na upasajjeta he should never make contactSB 11.26.22
na dahyeta has not been burnedSB 12.6.18
na duṣyeta is not spoiledSB 12.10.30
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectCC Adi 1.46
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 9.266
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 22.61
sańketa-veṇu-nāde by the signal of the vibration of the fluteCC Antya 17.24
nāhika cetana there was no consciousnessCC Madhya 16.154
śvetadvīpa nāma the island named ŚvetadvīpaCC Adi 5.111
naraka-hetave for going to hellSB 9.10.28
nāśa-hetavaḥ having the definite purpose of killing ThemSB 10.11.23
naṣṭa-cetanaḥ having lost his consciousnessSB 11.28.3
naśyeta destroysSB 5.23.9
na naśyeta may not be destroyedSB 11.7.39
nayeta may be brought inSB 2.2.20
neta-dhaṭī silken wrapperCC Antya 9.107
neta-dhaḍi the silken coverCC Antya 9.111
neta-dhaṭī parāilā decorated with the silken clothCC Antya 9.133
neta-dhaṭī the silken clothCC Antya 9.134
netadhaṭī-māthe with the silken cover on the headCC Antya 9.132
nibhṛtena ceta with great pleasureSB 6.18.22
nija-niketanānām who depend on your shelterSB 12.6.69
nikāya-keta shelter forSB 2.7.12
niketa who is the abodeSB 10.83.8
niketa who are the place of residenceSB 10.86.42
śrī-niketa of the shelter of the goddess of fortuneCC Adi 6.73
niketaiḥ having markingsSB 10.47.50
niketam underSB 1.4.11
niketam reservoirSB 3.2.29
śrī-niketam the shelter of the goddess of fortuneSB 3.4.6
śrī-niketam a lotusSB 3.28.30
śrī-niketam the home of the goddess of fortuneSB 4.1.57
bhagavat-priya-niketam devotees of the LordSB 5.10.8
tat-niketam the residence of Lord ViṣṇuSB 8.19.11
niketam the abodeSB 10.82.23-26
śrī-niketam from Lord Kṛṣṇa, the abode of the goddess of fortuneSB 10.84.55-56
mat-niketam My residenceSB 11.25.25
niketanaḥ place of residenceSB 3.33.34
niketanaḥ a son named NiketanaSB 9.17.8
śrī-niketanaḥ the husband of the goddess of fortuneSB 9.18.5
śrī-niketanaḥ the transcendental form of all opulenceSB 10.81.16
śrī-niketanaḥ the shelter of the goddess of fortuneCC Adi 17.78
śrī-niketanaḥ the transcendental form of all opulenceCC Madhya 7.143
niketanam homeSB 4.2.19
niketanam the abodeSB 10.31.7
niketanam the abodeSB 10.58.21
śrī-niketanam the abode of the goddess of fortuneSB 11.14.36-42
kṛta-niketanānām of birds that have made their nestsSB 5.24.10
nija-niketanānām who depend on your shelterSB 12.6.69
niketane the resting placeSB 10.39.2
niketatayā as the shelterSB 10.87.27
śrī-niketau the shelters of the goddess of fortuneSB 10.38.28-33
na nindeta does not criticizeSB 11.11.16
nipetatuḥ fell downSB 10.44.27
nipetatuḥ They fellSB 10.52.12
nirasyeta is eliminatedSB 11.28.27
nirvidyeta becomes detachedSB 4.13.46
nirvidyeta becomes detachedSB 11.8.42
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedSB 11.20.9
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 9.266
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 22.61
niṣeveta should worship or visitSB 7.14.30-33
niṣpetatuḥ fell downSB 10.10.27
nivarteta comes backSB 3.27.28-29
na nivarteta cannot be checkedSB 10.1.48
nivarteta may stopSB 10.1.48
na nivarteta it does not ceaseSB 10.84.62
nivarteta subsideSB 11.13.30
nivarteta one desistsSB 11.21.18
pācheta' lāgiyā followingCC Madhya 22.159
pāilā cetana returned to consciousnessCC Antya 17.20
cetana pāite after coming to consciousnessCC Antya 14.71
cetana pāñā coming to consciousnessCC Madhya 17.221
cetana pāñā getting His senses backCC Madhya 18.73
pāñā cetana becoming consciousCC Antya 19.102
neta-dhaṭī parāilā decorated with the silken clothCC Antya 9.133
pareta-vat just like a dead manSB 10.13.58
paretasya of those who have lost their livesSB 10.15.52
parīkṣeta shall examineSB 1.12.30
pariśuddha-ceta without mental reservationsSB 4.6.5
parvata-ketavaḥ the flagstaffs on the mountainsSB 5.16.12
paṭheta readsSB 7.10.47
śvetadvīpa-patiḥ the master of Śvetadvīpa, ViṣṇuSB 10.6.24
śvetadvīpa-patim the Lord of ŚvetadvīpaBs 5.26
petatuḥ fell downSB 8.10.57
petatuḥ fellSB 10.63.16
petatuḥ fellSB 10.86.24
phala-hetavaḥ those desiring fruitive resultsBG 2.49
phala-hetave for the sake of fruitSB 10.24.10
phale eta phala so much of a result was obtainedCC Antya 9.114
phale eta phala so much of a result was obtainedCC Antya 9.114
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
preta-piśāca of the Pretas (ghosts) and PiśācasSB 10.88.32
bhūta-preta-piśācānām of the bhūtas (ghosts), pretas and piśācasSB 4.5.25
pīyeta let them drinkSB 1.16.8
prabhāṣeta speaksBG 2.54
praceta VaruṇaSB 2.5.30
prācetasa O My dear PrācetasaSB 6.4.43
praceta with the demigod known as VaruṇaSB 7.12.26-28
prācetasa-āśramam to the hermitage of Prācetasa (Vālmīki Muni)SB 9.11.10
pracetasaḥ of VaruṇaSB 3.17.26
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.13.2
pracetasaḥ all of them being designated as PracetāsSB 4.24.13
pracetasaḥ all the sons of King PrācīnabarhiSB 4.24.19
pracetasaḥ the princes known as the PracetāsSB 4.25.2
pracetasaḥ the sons of BarhiṣatSB 4.30.2
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.30.3
pracetasaḥ the Pracetā brothersSB 4.30.21
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.30.22
pracetasaḥ all the PracetāsSB 4.30.44
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.31.5
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.31.23
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 6.4.4
prācetasaḥ the son of the PracetāsSB 6.4.17
prācetasaḥ DakṣaSB 6.6.1
prācetasaḥ of PracetāSB 9.23.15
pracetasam the treasurer of heaven, known as VaruṇaSB 2.3.2-7
pracetasam VaruṇaSB 3.17.27
pracetasām and of Varuṇa, the god of the watersSB 3.21.51
pracetasām of the PracetāsSB 4.12.40
pracetasām of all the PracetāsSB 4.24.16
pracetasām by the PracetāsSB 4.31.8
pracetasām of the PracetāsSB 4.31.25
prācetasam of VaruṇaSB 10.59.23
pracetasam VaruṇaSB 10.74.16
na pramādyeta is not bewilderedSB 11.2.35
cetaḥ-prāńgaṇa in the courtyard of the heartCC Antya 1.99
cetaḥ-prāńgaṇa in the courtyard of the heartCC Antya 1.120
prapadyeta let him get backSB 4.6.51
prapadyeta entersSB 7.6.16
prapadyeta he surrendersSB 8.24.51
prapadyeta one should take shelter ofSB 11.3.21
prasanna-cetasaḥ of the happy-mindedBG 2.65
prasanna-ujjvala-cetasām whose hearts are satisfied and cleanCC Madhya 23.95-98
prasīdeta she would be satisfiedSB 6.1.64
prasīdeta becomes clearSB 11.25.16
pratīkṣeta one must observeSB 7.13.6
pratisańkrameta can overcomeSB 3.9.9
pratīyeta appears to beSB 2.9.34
pratīyeta appears to beSB 2.9.34
pratīyeta appears to beCC Adi 1.54
pratīyeta appears to beCC Adi 1.54
pratīyeta appears to beCC Madhya 25.119
pratīyeta appears to beCC Madhya 25.119
sarva-pratyaya-hetave who is the solution to all doubts (and without whose help one cannot solve all doubts and inabilities)SB 8.3.14
pratyupalabdha-cetasaḥ being enlivened again by revival of their consciousnessSB 8.11.1
prayateta should endeavorSB 1.5.18
prayateta should endeavorCC Madhya 24.169
prāyeṇa etat it is almost bySB 1.15.24
preme acetana unconscious in the ecstasy of loveCC Madhya 17.154
preta dead bodiesSB 2.6.43-45
preta the inhabitants of PretalokaSB 2.10.37-40
preta evil spiritsSB 3.10.28-29
preta-āvāseṣu at the burning places of dead bodiesSB 4.2.14-15
preta of the skulls of dead bodiesSB 4.2.14-15
bhūta-preta-piśācānām of the bhūtas (ghosts), pretas and piśācasSB 4.5.25
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
preta ghostsSB 6.6.17-18
preta PretasSB 6.8.25
preta-bandhūnām of the friends of a dead manSB 7.2.27
preta-bandhūnām of the friends and relatives of the dead KingSB 7.2.36
preta of the PretasSB 7.4.5-7
preta-kṛtyāni the ritualistic ceremony performed after deathSB 7.10.22
preta-saṃsthā funeral ceremoniesSB 7.14.26
preta evil hobgoblinsSB 10.6.24
preta by ghostly spiritsSB 10.42.28-31
preta ghostsSB 10.63.10-11
preta-piśāca of the Pretas (ghosts) and PiśācasSB 10.88.32
preta-bhūta ghosts and spiritsSB 11.10.27-29
preta ghostsCC Antya 3.184
bhūta-preta ghostsCC Antya 18.57
bhūta-preta-jñāne by thinking to be a ghostCC Antya 18.66
pretaiḥ by the PretasSB 4.2.14-15
prīti-hetavaḥ sources of pleasureSB 6.14.13
bhagavat-priya-niketam devotees of the LordSB 5.10.8
prīyeta becomes satisfiedSB 5.15.13
pūjayeta worshipsSB 11.27.53
mahā-puruṣa-ceta accepting as the Supreme PersonSB 6.19.17
pūryeta are filledSB 3.15.49
pūyeta can become purifiedSB 6.1.16
pūyeta may be purifiedSB 7.9.12
pūyeta may be purifiedSB 7.10.15-17
pūyeta becomes purifiedSB 11.29.27
apeta-rāgam without affectionSB 4.26.25
rākheta were keptCC Madhya 3.53
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
mīnaketana rāma-dāsa Mīnaketana RāmadāsaCC Adi 11.53
rameta enjoysSB 2.9.3
rameta are engagedSB 3.15.49
reta semen of birthSB 3.5.50
somaḥ tu reta Your semen is the sacrifice called somaSB 3.13.38
reta semenSB 3.23.47
reta semenSB 3.26.57
reta of semenSB 3.31.1
hiraṇya-reta HiraṇyaretāSB 5.1.25
reta the semenSB 5.26.26
retaḥ-kulyāyām in a river of semenSB 5.26.26
reta semenSB 5.26.26
reta semenSB 6.18.6
reta semenSB 7.15.50-51
yat-reta His semenSB 8.5.33
reta semenSB 8.7.27
reta the semenSB 8.12.32
reta the semenSB 8.12.33
retaḥ-dhāḥ a person who discharges semenSB 9.20.22
reta semenSB 9.21.35
reta the semenSB 10.63.35-36
reta semenSB 11.17.25
retasā aṃśena with the part of the semenSB 3.6.19
reta with the faculty of procreationSB 3.26.65
su-reta by spiritual potencySB 5.7.14
reta by semenSB 6.4.18
reta by semenSB 8.20.25-29
tat-reta by his liquid dischargeSB 10.24.9
ūrdhva-retasaḥ those whose semen flows upwardsSB 3.12.4
ūrdhva-retasaḥ unadulterated celibatesSB 4.8.1
ūrdhva-retasaḥ infallible celibatesSB 4.9.30
ūrdhva-retasaḥ those who do not discharge semen at any timeSB 4.11.5
ūrdhva-retasaḥ completely celibateSB 5.1.26
hiraṇya-retasaḥ to the original fireSB 6.9.42
amogha-retasaḥ of that person whose discharge of semen never goes in vainSB 8.12.32
retasām whose semenSB 10.87.9
retase unto the predominating deity of the moon planetSB 4.24.38
retasi the semenSB 8.12.35
ricyeta one becomes freeSB 8.19.41
roceta becomes pleasingSB 4.30.37
asamaveta-rūpam in an incomplete formSB 5.9.5
sa-cetana spiritually cognizantCC Adi 9.33
sa-cetana conscious living beingsCC Antya 16.124
sa-cetana consciousCC Antya 16.124
sa-cetana consciousCC Antya 18.97
śabala-cetanaḥ whose mind was bewilderedSB 7.4.39
saheta can tolerateSB 1.16.35
saheta can tolerateSB 3.2.19
saheta can tolerateSB 10.68.39
sajjeta one should be attached or should indulge in readingSB 7.13.7
sajjeta would become attractedSB 9.14.20
sajjeta one should be attachedSB 11.17.52
sajjeta he should become attachedSB 11.26.26
sajjeta one should associateCC Adi 1.59
sakala-loka-sthiti-hetavaḥ the causes of the maintenance of the different planets within the universeSB 5.20.39
sama-cetasaḥ whose consciousness is equal everywhereSB 11.14.13
samaveta-anukalpena by substituting the direct meaning of such incidentsSB 5.13.26
samaveta-yoṣitām (the ceremony was observed) among the assembled women, a ceremony of mothersSB 10.7.4
samaveta appropriateSB 10.85.22
na sambhāṣeta must not speakSB 6.18.48
samedheta would flourishSB 3.21.55
sameta joinedSB 10.86.36
samīheta desireSB 5.5.16
samīheta one should endeavorSB 11.18.34
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
sampadyeta can be fulfilledSB 8.16.13
sampareta is deadSB 10.2.22
sampareta even though the child was practically lost in deathSB 10.7.32
samparetam after your deathSB 4.25.8
samparetam deadSB 6.16.1
samparetam one who is already deadSB 8.20.6
samparetam deadSB 10.44.38
samparetasya of the dead bodySB 1.9.46
samparetasya deceasedSB 7.2.17
preta-saṃsthā funeral ceremoniesSB 7.14.26
saṃsthīyeta should be stoppedSB 12.6.27
samupeta-mṛtyum one who is on the path of repeated birth and deathSB 5.5.18
samupeta who have approachedSB 10.51.57
saṃvṛta-cetasaḥ those whose intelligence is covered by such illusory energySB 10.2.28
sandigdha-cetasaḥ became doubtful about what could be done (because Gargamuni had predicted that this child would be equal to Nārāyaṇa)SB 10.11.5
sāńgrāmika-upetam equipped with all kinds of weapons required for fighting with all different types of enemiesSB 8.10.16-18
śańketa is afraidSB 5.19.14
sańketa-upajīvinī she whose only income was from prostitutionSB 11.8.25-26
sańketa indicationCC Adi 17.282
sańketa indicationCC Madhya 12.113
sańketa-veṇu-nāde by the signal of the vibration of the fluteCC Antya 17.24
sarpa-cetasaḥ who is thinking it to be a snakeSB 11.26.17
sarva-pratyaya-hetave who is the solution to all doubts (and without whose help one cannot solve all doubts and inabilities)SB 8.3.14
sarvam etat of this entire cosmic manifestationSB 7.14.27-28
śveta-ātapatra-śaśinā with a white canopy like the moonSB 4.7.21
setavaḥ religious codesSB 3.21.52-54
setavaḥ respect for the varṇāśrama institutionSB 4.6.44
setavaḥ whose laws of morality concerning the varṇāśrama system in human societySB 7.8.48
setavaḥ the dikesSB 10.20.23
bhinna-setave having broken all rules of civilitySB 4.2.13
dharma-setave who protects religious principlesSB 7.11.5
akhila-dharma-setave whose spokes are considered to be a breech of the entire universeSB 9.5.6
seveta come in contactSB 1.17.41
seveta worshipSB 1.19.6
seveta would render serviceSB 3.19.36
seveta would serveSB 5.18.11
seveta should acceptSB 7.15.36
seveta can acceptSB 9.14.23
seveta one should performSB 11.10.4
seveta one should observeSB 11.10.5
seveta he should cultivateSB 11.13.6
siddhyeta it may he rendered fitSB 3.23.11
śikṣeta should learnSB 11.7.38
śikṣeta one should learnSB 11.8.17
śiṣyeta remainsSB 11.19.16
smareta one should rememberSB 2.2.14
smareta one should rememberSB 3.28.28
smareta may rememberSB 6.11.24
sneha-yantrita-ceta his mind being controlled by such affectionSB 9.7.15
somaḥ tu reta Your semen is the sacrifice called somaSB 3.13.38
na śraddhīyeta would not be trustedSB 10.65.11-12
śravayeta also allows others to hearSB 3.13.48
śrayeta take shelter ofSB 2.7.7
śrayeta the vānaprastha should take shelter ofSB 7.12.20
śrayeta would take shelter ofSB 10.60.42
śrī-niketam the shelter of the goddess of fortuneSB 3.4.6
śrī-niketam a lotusSB 3.28.30
śrī-niketam the home of the goddess of fortuneSB 4.1.57
śrī-niketanaḥ the husband of the goddess of fortuneSB 9.18.5
śrī-niketau the shelters of the goddess of fortuneSB 10.38.28-33
śrī-niketanaḥ the transcendental form of all opulenceSB 10.81.16
śrī-niketam from Lord Kṛṣṇa, the abode of the goddess of fortuneSB 10.84.55-56
śrī-niketanam the abode of the goddess of fortuneSB 11.14.36-42
śrī-niketa of the shelter of the goddess of fortuneCC Adi 6.73
śrī-niketanaḥ the shelter of the goddess of fortuneCC Adi 17.78
śrī-niketanaḥ the transcendental form of all opulenceCC Madhya 7.143
sakala-loka-sthiti-hetavaḥ the causes of the maintenance of the different planets within the universeSB 5.20.39
su-reta by spiritual potencySB 5.7.14
śuddha-cetasaḥ of purified consciousnessSB 3.32.5
śudhyeta becomes purifiedSB 12.12.65
sukha-hetave for happinessSB 3.30.2
suparṇa-ketau who has a banner of GaruḍaSB 3.33.37
śuṣyeta dry upSB 11.8.6
sva-ketam his homeSB 11.20.15
śveta whiteSB 3.21.10
śveta-ātapatra white umbrellaSB 4.4.5
śveta-ātapatra-śaśinā with a white canopy like the moonSB 4.7.21
śveta ŚvetaSB 5.24.31
śveta-dvīpam known as the white islandSB 8.4.17-24
śveta whiteSB 8.8.4
śveta-chatram a white umbrellaSB 9.10.42-43
śveta-dvīpa of the white island, the abode of Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 11.15.18
śveta-dvīpa the white islandCC Adi 5.17
śveta-kuṣṭhe with a white spot of leprosyCC Adi 16.70
śveta-varāha the white boar incarnationCC Madhya 9.73
śveta-bālu white sandCC Madhya 13.25
śveta whiteCC Antya 14.95
śveta-tanu white bodyCC Antya 18.71
śveta-dvīpa Śvetadvīpa (the white island)Bs 5.5
śveta-dvīpam ŚvetadvīpaBs 5.56
śvetadvīpa-patiḥ the master of Śvetadvīpa, ViṣṇuSB 10.6.24
śvetadvīpa nāma the island named ŚvetadvīpaCC Adi 5.111
śvetadvīpa-patim the Lord of ŚvetadvīpaBs 5.26
śvetadvīpam to ŚvetadvīpaSB 10.87.10
śveta ŚvetaSB 5.16.8
śvetaiḥ with whiteBG 1.14
śvetam whiteSB 10.39.44-45
śvetam Kailāsa MountainSB 10.39.44-45
śvetatām pure existenceSB 11.15.18
śyāmala-śvetau dark-blue and whiteSB 10.38.28-33
śyāmala-śvetau dark-blue and whiteSB 10.38.28-33
tabeta thereafterCC Adi 17.8
tabeta then onlyCC Antya 5.132
tabeta then onlyCC Antya 5.133
śveta-tanu white bodyCC Antya 18.71
tapyeta one should accept as austeritySB 11.18.4
tarṣa-cetasām bewildered in heart and soul by the illusory energy of ViṣṇuSB 8.8.38
tasya etasya of this very time factorSB 3.30.1
tat-abhipretam His desireSB 3.4.5
tat etat that sameSB 3.25.30
tat-niketam the residence of Lord ViṣṇuSB 8.19.11
tat-gata-cetasām being attracted by himSB 9.6.44
tat-reta by his liquid dischargeSB 10.24.9
tat etat that indeedSB 12.6.30-31
tiraḥ-dhīyeta disappearsSB 2.6.40-41
tiṣṭheta may standSB 10.60.57
tiṣṭheta can remainSB 11.24.28
tiṣṭheta he standsSB 11.25.8
titikṣeta he may tolerateSB 6.5.44
titikṣeta he should tolerateSB 11.18.31
titikṣeta one should tolerateSB 12.6.34
tṛpyeta would feel satisfiedSB 3.20.6
tṛpyeta can be satiatedSB 10.16.3
tṛpyeta would become satiatedSB 10.52.20
somaḥ tu reta Your semen is the sacrifice called somaSB 3.13.38
tulya-āyāsa-hetavaḥ who made an equal endeavorSB 8.8.39-40
tuṣyeta be pleasedSB 1.5.8
tyajeta can give upSB 7.6.11-13
tyajeta must give upSB 9.6.51
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.30.22
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.31.5
uddāma-cetasām who are determinedSB 3.23.42
udvijeta should be disturbed or frightenedSB 11.18.31
cetana-ujjhitāḥ devoid of lifeSB 12.10.23
prasanna-ujjvala-cetasām whose hearts are satisfied and cleanCC Madhya 23.95-98
unmagna-ceta His heart being absorbedCC Antya 15.1
unnaddha-cetasaḥ whose mind is unrestrainedSB 6.18.26
unnayeta should be brought inSB 2.2.21
upajīveta one should try to liveSB 7.13.7
sańketa-upajīvinī she whose only income was from prostitutionSB 11.8.25-26
upalabheta could feelSB 4.28.46
upalabheta one can perceiveSB 7.9.34
upalabhyeta may be experiencedSB 4.29.64
upalabhyeta he may be foundSB 6.16.8
upalabhyeta is experiencedSB 12.4.28
upalakṣyeta would appearSB 10.76.23
upapadyeta is to be foundSB 10.81.33
uparameta one should desistSB 5.5.14
upārameta one should cease from material lifeSB 11.11.21
uparameta ceaseSB 11.22.34
upārameta one should desistSB 11.28.23
na upasajjeta he should never make contactSB 11.26.22
upatiṣṭheta one should worshipSB 5.23.8
upatiṣṭheta should offer prayersSB 6.18.53
upāvarteta it can remainSB 4.18.11
upayujyeta deserves to be executedSB 11.11.26-27
upekṣeta one should reject and not accept as genuineSB 7.15.38-39
upeta mixedSB 3.15.21
upeta combinedSB 5.18.17
upeta one should approachSB 7.6.17-18
upeta realizedSB 10.86.47
upeta engagedBG 6.37
upeta reachedSB 2.3.19
upeta accompanied bySB 3.26.50
upeta being situatedSB 4.18.4
upeta accompaniedSB 8.15.24
upeta joinedSB 9.14.7
guṇa-upeta endowed with material attributes or facilitiesSB summary
upeta endowedSB 11.14.22
upetaiḥ which have comeSB 11.28.25
upetam for achievement ofSB 1.3.9
upetam in connection withSB 1.18.9
upetam approachingSB 3.9.33
upetam equippedSB 3.23.14-15
upetam containingSB 3.23.29
upetam arrivedSB 3.28.37
guṇa-upetam a nice flavorSB 7.13.38
sāńgrāmika-upetam equipped with all kinds of weapons required for fighting with all different types of enemiesSB 8.10.16-18
upetam joinedSB 10.54.60
upetam havingSB 10.81.28
upetam enrichedSB 10.87.6
upetam endowedSB 11.6.16
upetam achievedSB 11.13.36
upetau approaching for serviceSB 10.45.32
upeta fully equippedSB 5.9.15
ūrdhva-retasaḥ those whose semen flows upwardsSB 3.12.4
ūrdhva-retasaḥ unadulterated celibatesSB 4.8.1
ūrdhva-retasaḥ infallible celibatesSB 4.9.30
ūrdhva-retasaḥ those who do not discharge semen at any timeSB 4.11.5
ūrdhva-retasaḥ completely celibateSB 5.1.26
utsaheta can bearSB 6.10.4
utsaheta is ableSB 7.6.9
utsaheta can bearSB 10.47.48
utsarpeta swell upSB 11.8.6
uttiṣṭheta can come outSB 7.15.35
vandeta one should pay homageSB 11.27.45
śveta-varāha the white boar incarnationCC Madhya 9.73
vardheta may increaseSB 3.18.25
varteta remainsBG 6.6
varteta should live (happily)SB 7.15.18
varteta continues to liveSB 10.2.22
varteta one livesSB 10.24.18
varteta livesSB 10.24.20
varteta carries onSB 10.52.31
varteta that it may liveSB 11.8.9
varteta he is situatedSB 11.10.36-37
pareta-vat just like a dead manSB 10.13.58
acetana-vat almost unconsciousCC Madhya 14.134
sańketa-veṇu-nāde by the signal of the vibration of the fluteCC Antya 17.24
vetana salaryCC Madhya 4.166
vetana salaryCC Antya 20.37
vetanataḥ or by some wagesSB 5.9.9-10
karma-vetanataḥ in exchange for wages from workingSB 5.9.11
vetasa vetasasSB 8.2.14-19
veta of the name VetasīCC Madhya 1.58
veta of the name VetasīCC Madhya 13.121
veta of the name VetasīCC Antya 1.78
vibhava-hetave for the sake of the opulencesSB 11.2.53
vicetanaḥ having completely forgotten his real positionSB 6.1.63
vicetanam unconsciousSB 12.6.70
vicetasaḥ bewilderedBG 9.12
vicetasaḥ unconsciousSB 6.11.6
vicetasaḥ very much bewildered, almost unconsciousSB 10.11.49
vicetasaḥ in anxietySB 10.19.4
vicetasaḥ completely bewilderedSB 10.30.35-36
vidhīyeta may be executedSB 11.17.7
na vihanyeta cannot be frustratedSB 11.15.27
vihanyeta may be frustratedSB 11.28.38
vihanyeta is checkedSB 11.28.44
vikriyeta changeSB 2.3.24
vikriyeta changeCC Adi 8.25
vīkṣeta observesCC Madhya 18.116
vīkṣeta observesCC Madhya 25.80
vilīyeta become dissolvedSB 11.25.18
vimucyeta gets freedomSB 1.1.14
vimucyeta one can be releasedSB 3.26.1
vimucyeta he becomes liberatedSB 11.21.18
vimukha-cetasaḥ the fools and rascals who are bereft of Kṛṣṇa consciousnessSB 7.9.43
vindeta achievesSB 3.5.2
vindeta obtainsSB 4.29.76-77
vindeta can getSB 6.19.26-28
vindeta one obtainsSB 11.5.37
vindeta one will experienceSB 11.7.52
vindeta one obtainsSB 12.8.44
vipadyeta separateSB 1.6.24
vipadyeta failsSB 7.6.5
vipadyeta bewilderedSB 7.12.22
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
virajyeta could refuseSB 3.13.50
virajyeta is able to give upSB 7.6.11-13
virajyeta may become detachedSB 7.11.33-34
virajyeta can keep himself aloofSB 10.1.4
virameta can be detached fromSB 1.11.33
virameta ceases fromSB 2.2.16
virameta can desistSB 10.80.2
virameta should take special pleasureSB 12.6.30-31
virameta desistsSB 12.7.21
virudhyeta can stand againstSB 10.57.14
virudhyeta are contradictedSB 10.77.30
viṣaheta carrySB 3.16.9
viṣaheta and tolerates (such itching)SB 7.9.45
viṣaheta can tolerateNoI 1
viṣajjeta gives himself upSB 4.29.26-27
na viṣajjeta should not become entangledSB 11.7.40
viṣaṇṇa-cetase morose in the core of his heartSB 6.11.12
viṣīdeta he should be depressedSB 11.18.33
vismareta can forgetSB 10.82.37
viśrambheta can have faith inSB 3.3.23
visṛjeta can rejectSB 11.29.5
viśuddha-cetasaḥ of one whose mind is purifiedSB 1.5.25
viśvāmītraḥ makhāpeta Viśvāmitra and MakhāpetaSB 12.11.44
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
viyujyeta do give upSB 1.13.20
viyujyeta will become deprivedSB 10.17.11
vrajeta walksBG 2.54
vyapeta-bhīḥ free from all fearBG 11.49
vyapeta completely given upSB 2.9.9
vyapeta disappearSB 4.4.23
vyapeta removedSB 10.47.53
vyapeta-ātmā a person who has transcendedSB 11.7.40
vyapetam fallen from proper behaviorSB 6.1.58-60
vyapetam withoutSB 7.13.45
vyaśeta occupiedSB 10.12.16
vyatiricyeta is separatedSB 5.22.13
vyatiricyeta may reach beyondSB 6.16.56
yāceta would askSB 6.10.6
yajeta do worshipSB 2.3.2-7
yajeta must worshipSB 2.3.2-7
yajeta should worshipSB 2.3.10
yajeta one should worshipSB 7.14.15
yajeta one should worshipSB 8.16.51-52
yajeta one should worshipSB 11.11.43-45
yajeta one should worshipSB 11.11.43-45
yajeta worshipsSB 11.11.47
yajeta may worshipSB 11.18.7
yajeta he should execute worshipSB 11.27.8
yajeta should worshipCC Madhya 22.36
yajeta should worshipCC Madhya 24.90
yajeta should worshipCC Madhya 24.197
āgnīdhra-idhmajihva-yajñabāhu-hiraṇyaretaḥ-ghṛtapṛṣṭha-medhātithi-vītihotra-saṃjñān named Āgnīḍhra, Idhmajihva, Yajñabāhu, Hiraṇyaretā, Ghṛtapṛṣṭha, Medhātithi and VītihotraSB 5.1.33
yakṣa-rakṣaḥ-piśāca-preta-bhūta-gaṇānām of Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, Piśācas, ghosts and so onSB 5.24.5
sneha-yantrita-ceta his mind being controlled by such affectionSB 9.7.15
yat-reta His semenSB 8.5.33
yat etat containing all moving and nonmoving creationsSB 10.3.31
yat etat that very mindSB 11.9.12
yata-cetasām who have full control over the mindBG 5.26
yateta endeavor forSB 2.2.3
yateta must trySB 5.1.18
yateta one should endeavorSB 6.1.8
yateta should endeavorSB 7.6.5
yateta should endeavorSB 11.9.29
yoga-hetave the original master of all mystic powerSB 8.16.33
samaveta-yoṣitām (the ceremony was observed) among the assembled women, a ceremony of mothersSB 10.7.4
yujyeta engagedSB 3.7.5
yujyeta he becomes endowedSB 11.25.13
yujyeta one becomes endowedSB 11.25.14
yujyeta one becomes endowedSB 11.25.15
yukta-cetasaḥ their minds engaged in MeBG 7.30
Results for eta325 results
eta noun (masculine) a kind of deer or antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hide of the same (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variegated colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48057/72933
etad noun (masculine) [gramm.] pronoun etad
Frequency rank 48060/72933
etad pronoun this
Frequency rank 19/72933
etadīya adjective belonging or relating to this (person or thing) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20983/72933
etarhi indeclinable at present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
at this time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
now (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
now-a-days (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
then (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14077/72933
etatpurāṇapravṛttihetunirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa 1.1
Frequency rank 48059/72933
aketana adjective houseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41565/72933
agretana adjective occurring further on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subsequently (in a book) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22824/72933
acetas adjective imprudent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insensible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unconscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9095/72933
aceta noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 31439/72933
acetana adjective fainting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inanimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
insensible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
senseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unconscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2859/72933
acetasya adjective stupid
Frequency rank 22837/72933
ananyacetas adjective giving one's undivided thought to (with loc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22923/72933
anapeta adjective faithful to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not gone off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not past (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessed of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26273/72933
anabhipreta adjective not wished unintended
Frequency rank 31749/72933
anabhipreta noun (neuter) an occurrence different from what was intended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22928/72933
aniketa adjective houseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8545/72933
aniketa noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42937/72933
aniketana adjective houseless
Frequency rank 22962/72933
anupeta adjective not yet entered at a teacher's (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23003/72933
anetadrūpin adjective nicht diese Gestalt besitzend
Frequency rank 43406/72933
apetarākṣasī noun (feminine) the plant Ocimum Sanctum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43811/72933
apracetana adjective numb (as a limb)
Frequency rank 43838/72933
apreta adjective not gone away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44005/72933
abhipreta adjective accepted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
approved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to whom one's heart is devoted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17562/72933
ambuvetasa noun (masculine) a kind of cane or reed growing in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26612/72933
amlaveta noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 26617/72933
amlavetasa noun (masculine neuter) a kind of dock or sorrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Calamus viminalis Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Garcinia pedunculata Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rheum acuminatum Hook.F. et Thoms. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rheum moorcroftianum Royle (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rheum officinale Baill. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rheum spiciforme Royle (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rheum webbianum Royle (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rumes crispus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 525) Rumex Vesicarius Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3834/72933
amlavetasa noun (neuter) vinegar (obtained from fruit) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13984/72933
amlavetasaka noun (neuter) amlavetasa
Frequency rank 32490/72933
amlāgrimavetasa noun (masculine) amlavetasa
Frequency rank 44745/72933
aretas adjective not receiving seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44874/72933
avetana adjective free of charge
Frequency rank 45514/72933
avyapeta adjective contiguous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45546/72933
aśveta adjective not white
Frequency rank 45707/72933
asamaveta adjective (pl.) not all assembled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accidental (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32829/72933
itaretara adjective mutual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one with another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
respective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
several (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[gramm.] the word 'itaretara'
Frequency rank 4713/72933
itaretarābhāva noun (masculine) [phil.] mutal non-existence (one of the forms of abhāva)
Frequency rank 27031/72933
itaretarāśraya noun (masculine) a particular logical error (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circular reasoning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27032/72933
ugraretas noun (masculine) a form of Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47035/72933
upeta adjective (a pupil) who has approached (a teacher) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abiding in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accompanied by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
approached (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arrived at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
come to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
endowed with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fallen to the share of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furnished with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
initiated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has approached (a woman sexually) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has betaken himself to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has come near or approached (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has obtained or entered into any state or condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has undertaken (e.g. a vow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5543/72933
kapiketana noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48540/72933
karketa noun (masculine) a kind of jewel (?)
Frequency rank 48718/72933
karketana noun (masculine neuter) a kind of gem (??) Katzenauge
Frequency rank 17768/72933
karketanaparīkṣaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.75
Frequency rank 48719/72933
kumbharetas noun (masculine) a form of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49730/72933
kumbhivetasa noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 49744/72933
kṛtacetas noun (masculine) name of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49915/72933
kṛśānuretas noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34217/72933
keta noun (masculine) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27648/72933
ketaka noun (masculine) the tree Pandanus odoratissimus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9159/72933
keta noun (feminine) Pandanus odoratissimus Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5256/72933
ketakacchadanīya noun (masculine) Strychnos potatorum
Frequency rank 50076/72933
keta noun (feminine) a class of sunrays
Frequency rank 34247/72933
ketana noun (neuter) a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a summons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abode (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ensign (of a warrior) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flag or banner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
site (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
symbol (of a deity) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8437/72933
cetas noun (neuter) consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thinking soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 760/72933
cetaka adjective causing to think (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sentient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52431/72933
ceta noun (feminine) Jasminum grandiflorum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia chebula
Frequency rank 9368/72933
cetana adjective conscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
distinguished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
percipient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sentient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5259/72933
cetana noun (masculine) man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21296/72933
cetana noun (neuter) conspicuousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7547/72933
ceta noun (feminine) consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2170/72933
cetanatā noun (feminine) intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of a sentient or conscious being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35019/72933
cetanatva noun (neuter) intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16772/72933
cetanāvant adjective having consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reasonable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10085/72933
cetanikā noun (feminine) Terminalia Chebula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52432/72933
cetanīkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 52433/72933
cetanībhāva noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 52434/72933
cetanīyā noun (feminine) the medicinal herb ṛddhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52435/72933
cetay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to burn to think about
Frequency rank 8113/72933
cetayāna adjective having sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reasonable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23987/72933
cetayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 21297/72933
cetaska adjective
Frequency rank 17910/72933
cetasyā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 35020/72933
cetasya adjective intelligent
Frequency rank 13503/72933
jalavetasa noun (masculine) Calamus Rotang (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24015/72933
jñānaretas noun (neuter) mercury
Frequency rank 53056/72933
jhaṣaketana noun (masculine) "the god of love" and "the sea" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53132/72933
triṇāciketa adjective one who has thrice kindled the Nāciketa fire or studied the Nāciketa section of(Nārāyaṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19398/72933
dakṣiṇetara adjective left (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28294/72933
devetara noun (masculine) an Asura
Frequency rank 35855/72933
dūrāpeta adjective not even distantly to be thought of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quite out of the question (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55126/72933
dviretas adjective (a male ass) doubly impregnating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(a mare) doubly impregnated (sc. by horse and male ass) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of hermaphrodite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35940/72933
dharmāpeta noun (neuter) immorality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35994/72933
naretara noun (masculine) a beast or beast-like man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55717/72933
navetara adjective old (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55766/72933
naṣṭacetana adjective insensible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has lost consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 21557/72933
nāciketa noun (masculine) (sc. agni) any fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an ancient sage (son of Uddālski) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28603/72933
niketa noun (masculine neuter) a bee-hive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a stage in the religious life of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
habitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seat of one of the constituent elements of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
state of being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11312/72933
niketana noun (neuter) a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
habitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
temple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8803/72933
niketayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 55949/72933
nirniketa adjective unlocalized
Frequency rank 28691/72933
niścetas adjective out of one's senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56412/72933
niścetana adjective unconscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unreasonable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
?
Frequency rank 19535/72933
pañcavetasa noun (neuter) name of a Varga
Frequency rank 56928/72933
pareta adjective dead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
departed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57495/72933
pareta noun (masculine) a ghost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of spectre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spirit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57496/72933
paretara adjective faithful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
friendly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
other than hostile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57497/72933
paretarāj noun (masculine) name of Yama
Frequency rank 57498/72933
pādaniketa noun (masculine) a foot-stool (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57736/72933
pragetana adjective
Frequency rank 37107/72933
praceta noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 58646/72933
praceta adjective
Frequency rank 58647/72933
pracetas noun (masculine) name of a prince (son of Duduha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Durmada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Duryāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Ghṛta name of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 10 sons of Prācīnabarhis by a daughter of Varuṇa (they are the progenitors of Dakṣa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 7709/72933
pracetas adjective attentive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
delighted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mindful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (said of the gods) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19654/72933
pracetana adjective illumining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
illustrating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58648/72933
praceta noun (feminine) Myrica Sapida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58649/72933
pratyakceta noun (feminine) thoughts turned inwards or upon one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59038/72933
prāgetana adjective matutinal
Frequency rank 59584/72933
prācetas noun (masculine) name of the 10 sons of Prācinabarhis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59602/72933
prācetasa adjective descended from Pracetas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8480/72933
priyetara adjective unpleasant
Frequency rank 59722/72933
preta adjective a dead person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
departed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59739/72933
preta noun (masculine) a ghost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an evil being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the spirit of a dead person (esp. before obsequial rites are performed) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1793/72933
pretaka noun (masculine neuter) impurity by death
Frequency rank 59740/72933
pretakarman noun (neuter) an obsequial rite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37499/72933
pretakārya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 13663/72933
pretakuṇḍa noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 37500/72933
pretagopa noun (masculine) guardian of the dead (in Yama's house) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59741/72933
pretacārin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37501/72933
pretadhūma noun (masculine) smoke of the dead i.e. of a funeral pile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21886/72933
pretanātha noun (masculine) name of Yama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59742/72933
pretapātra noun (neuter) a vessel used at a Śrāddha ceremony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29314/72933
pretapura noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 59743/72933
pretarākṣasī noun (feminine) Ocimum Sanctum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59744/72933
pretarāja noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 13664/72933
pretavana noun (neuter) a burning-ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59745/72933
pretaśilā noun (feminine) name of a stone near Gayā on which Piṇdas are offered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29315/72933
pretahāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 59746/72933
pūrvapreta noun (masculine) the Pitṛs (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59809/72933
brahmāpeta noun (masculine) name of one of the Rākṣasas said to dwell in the sun during the month Māgha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60457/72933
brahmopeta noun (masculine) name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24878/72933
makaraketana noun (masculine) name of Kāmadeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37939/72933
mandacetas adjective dull-witted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hardly conscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having little consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38049/72933
mahāpreta noun (masculine) [rel.] (a form of?) Śiva
Frequency rank 38135/72933
mahāretas noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 38149/72933
mahāśvetaghaṇṭī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 61900/72933
mīnaketana noun (masculine) the god of love
Frequency rank 25067/72933
yajñāpeta noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62817/72933
yajñopeta noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa
Frequency rank 25125/72933
yūpaketana noun (masculine) name of Bhūriśravas
Frequency rank 63156/72933
rasasaṃketakalikā noun (feminine) name of an alchemical text
Frequency rank 25186/72933
rudraretas noun (masculine neuter) mercury
Frequency rank 38776/72933
retas noun (neuter) a flow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
descendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flow of rain or water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flow of semen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
libation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
offspring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
progeny (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quicksilver (regarded as Śiva's semen) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seminal fluid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sin (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sperm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stream (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2184/72933
reta noun (feminine) vālukā
Frequency rank 63790/72933
reta noun (feminine) a kind of tool
Frequency rank 63791/72933
retay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to grind img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 19951/72933
ūrdhvaretas adjective keeping the semen above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
living in chastity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5572/72933
ūrdhvaretas noun (masculine) name of a Ṛṣi name of Bhīshma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29956/72933
laghucetas adjective little-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64010/72933
vasureta noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 64889/72933
vasuretas noun (masculine) Agni, the god of fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20006/72933
vahniretas noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39148/72933
vātaretas noun (masculine) [jur.] a class of men
Frequency rank 65086/72933
vānaraketana noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30117/72933
vāmetara adjective right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39206/72933
vicetas adjective absent-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17211/72933
vicetas adjective clearly seen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
discerning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6816/72933
vicetana adjective absent-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inanimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
senseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unconscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7867/72933
vicetaska adjective
Frequency rank 65476/72933
viśvaretas noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 66154/72933
vītavetasa noun (masculine) amlavetasa
Frequency rank 66350/72933
vīravetasa noun (masculine) Rumex Vesicarius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66374/72933
vṛkṣavāsyaniketa noun (masculine) name of a Yakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66404/72933
vṛṣaketana noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25484/72933
vṛṣarājaketana noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66505/72933
veta noun (masculine) a cane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66563/72933
vetana noun (neuter) hire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
livelihood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
price (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
salary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subsistence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wages (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5719/72933
vetanin adjective receiving wages (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stipendiary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39675/72933
vetanādāna noun (neuter) non-payment of wages (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66565/72933
vetasa noun (neuter) a lancet shaped like a pointed leaf of the ratan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a city (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39676/72933
vetasa noun (masculine) a reed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Calamus rotang Linn.; the ratan or a similar kind of cane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Calamus roxburghii Griff. name of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rod (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Salix caprea Linn. (Surapāla (1988), 304) stick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the citron (Citrus Medica) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5462/72933
vetasapattraka noun (neuter) a kind of knife used in surgery
Frequency rank 66566/72933
vetasāmla noun (masculine neuter) Rumex vesicarius Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11434/72933
vetasāra noun (masculine) amlavetasa
Frequency rank 66567/72933
vetasikā noun (feminine) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66568/72933
vetasvant adjective abounding in reeds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39677/72933
śukletara adjective black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dirty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
other than white (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40089/72933
śyeta adjective reddish white (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30597/72933
śrīketana noun (neuter) gold
Frequency rank 68183/72933
śrīniketa noun (neuter) the resin of Pinus Longifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68198/72933
śrīniketa noun (masculine) a lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a paragon of beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30612/72933
śrīniketa noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68199/72933
śrīniketana noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68200/72933
śveta noun (masculine) a form of Śiva during the Kaliyuga a kind of poisonous animal name of a king from the Ikṣvāku family name of a monkey name of a mountain name of a people name of a Yogaśiṣya [arch.] a kind of temple
Frequency rank 4873/72933
śveta adjective bright (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dressed in white (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 595/72933
śveta noun (neuter) butter-milk and water mixed half and half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Varṣa silver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the growing white (of the hair) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the white of the eye (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white Arka barbarika śvetaṭaṅkaṇa
Frequency rank 8880/72933
śvetaki noun (masculine) name of an ancient king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20188/72933
śvetaka noun (neuter) silver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
śvetaṭaṅkaṇa
Frequency rank 25658/72933
śvetakaṇṭārikā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68369/72933
śvetakandā noun (feminine) Aconitum Ferox (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68370/72933
śvetakanda noun (masculine) Allium Cepa or Ascalonicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68371/72933
śvetakapota noun (masculine) a kind of mouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40248/72933
śvetakarman noun (neuter) making silver (?)
Frequency rank 68372/72933
śvetakalpa noun (masculine) a particular Kalpa or world-period (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30638/72933
śvetakāka noun (masculine) a white crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any very unusual thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68373/72933
śvetakākīya adjective rare (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to a white crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unheard of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unusual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40249/72933
śvetakāca noun (neuter) a kind of anorganic substance
Frequency rank 17317/72933
śvetakāṇḍā noun (feminine) white Dūrvā grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68374/72933
śvetakāpotī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22464/72933
śvetakāmbhojī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68375/72933
śvetakāmbhojikā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 68376/72933
śvetakukṣi noun (masculine) a kind of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68377/72933
śvetakumbhaka noun (masculine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 68378/72933
śvetakumbhīkā noun (feminine) kāṣṭhāpāṭalā
Frequency rank 68379/72933
śvetakuśa noun (masculine) grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white Kuśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68380/72933
śvetakuṣṭha noun (neuter) white leprosy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17318/72933
śvetakusumā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 68381/72933
śvetaketu noun (masculine) a Jaina saint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Auddālaki (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a comet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Senajit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Āruṇeya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Gautama Buddha as a Bodhisattva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6642/72933
śvetagaruta noun (masculine) a goose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68382/72933
śvetaguñjā noun (feminine) a white variety of Abrus Precatorius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22465/72933
śvetaghaṇṭā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40250/72933
śvetaghna noun (masculine) Shorea Robusta
Frequency rank 68383/72933
śvetacandana noun (neuter) white sandal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25659/72933
śvetacāmaraka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 40251/72933
śvetacillī noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30639/72933
śvetacillikā noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68384/72933
śvetajīraka noun (masculine) white cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40252/72933
śvetaṭaṅgaṇa noun (neuter) a kind of borax śvetaṭaṅkaṇa
Frequency rank 68385/72933
śvetataṇḍula noun (masculine) a kind of rice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40253/72933
śvetatama adjective very white
Frequency rank 68386/72933
śvetatvac noun (masculine) Symplocos racemosa
Frequency rank 40254/72933
śvetadruma noun (masculine) Crataeva Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68387/72933
śvetadūrvā noun (feminine) white Dūrvā grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40255/72933
śvetadvīpa noun (masculine neuter) England name of a mythical abode of the blessed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a sacred place near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8042/72933
śvetadhātu noun (masculine) any white mineral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chalk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opal or chalcedony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68388/72933
śvetanadī noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 68389/72933
śvetanāman noun (masculine) Clitoria Ternatea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68390/72933
śvetanirguṇḍikā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68391/72933
śvetaniṣpāva noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68392/72933
śvetapakṣiṇī noun (feminine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 68393/72933
śvetapattrā noun (feminine) a kind of tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68394/72933
śvetapattra noun (neuter) a white feather (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a white lotus
Frequency rank 68395/72933
śvetapadma noun (neuter) a white lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68396/72933
śvetaparṇāsa noun (masculine) white basil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68397/72933
śvetaparvata noun (masculine) name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15268/72933
śvetapākī noun (feminine) a kind of plant or its fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68398/72933
śvetapāṣāṇa noun (masculine) ?
Frequency rank 25660/72933
śvetapāṣāṇaka noun (neuter) śvetapāṣāṇa
Frequency rank 40256/72933
śvetapiṇḍītaka noun (masculine) a kind of tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68399/72933
śvetapīta noun (masculine) a conch
Frequency rank 68400/72933
śvetapuṅkhā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68401/72933
śvetapuṣpa noun (masculine) Vitex Negundo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20189/72933
śvetapuṣpā noun (feminine) Artemisia Vulgaris or Alpinia Nutans (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a flowering variety of Vitex Negundo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a white-flowering species of Clitoeia Ternatea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Crataea Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
colorynth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20190/72933
śvetapuṣpī noun (feminine) a white flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68402/72933
śvetapuṣpaka noun (masculine) Nerium Odorum (the white variety) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white oleander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68403/72933
śvetapuṣpaphalā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68404/72933
śvetapuṣpikā noun (feminine) two kinds of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40257/72933
śvetapora noun (masculine) śvetaporaka, a kind of sugarcane
Frequency rank 68405/72933
śvetaporaka noun (masculine) a kind of sugar-cane
Frequency rank 68406/72933
śvetapaunarnava adjective von der śvetapunarnavā stammend
Frequency rank 68407/72933
śvetaphala noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 68408/72933
śvetaphalā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40258/72933
śvetabarbaraka noun (neuter) white sandal-wood
Frequency rank 68409/72933
śvetabīja noun (masculine) Dolichos uniflorus
Frequency rank 68410/72933
śvetabṛhatī noun (feminine) a kind of white Vārtāki or plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40259/72933
śvetabhadra noun (masculine) name of a Guhyaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68411/72933
śvetabhasman noun (neuter) a particular preparation of quicksilver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68412/72933
śvetamaṇḍala noun (masculine) a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68413/72933
śvetamandāraka noun (masculine) a kind of tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40260/72933
śvetamarica noun (neuter) the seed of the Hyperanthera Moringa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the seed of white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68414/72933
śvetamarica noun (masculine) a kind of Moringa Pterygosperma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40261/72933
śvetamahoṭikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68415/72933
śvetamṛd noun (feminine) white clay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68416/72933
śvetamūlā noun (feminine) Boerhavia Procunibens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68417/72933
śvetamūlaka noun (masculine) Boerhavia procumbens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68418/72933
śvetaraktaviṣā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68419/72933
śvetarodhra noun (masculine) a kind of Lodhra tree
Frequency rank 68420/72933
śvetarohita noun (masculine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Garuḍa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68421/72933
śvetalodhra noun (masculine) a kind of Lodhra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40262/72933
śvetalohita noun (masculine) name of a Kalpa name of a Muni (a pupil of Śveta) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17319/72933
śvetavacā noun (feminine) Aconitum Ferox name of two kinds of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20191/72933
śvetavarga noun (masculine) name of an alchemical varga
Frequency rank 18556/72933
śvetavalka noun (masculine) Ficus racemosa L.
Frequency rank 68422/72933
śvetavājin noun (masculine) a white horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68423/72933
śvetavārala noun (masculine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 68424/72933
śvetavārāhatīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 151
Frequency rank 68425/72933
śvetavārija noun (neuter) a white lotusflower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68426/72933
śvetavārttākinī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 68427/72933
śvetavāha noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tree Terminalia Arjuna
Frequency rank 22466/72933
śvetavāhana noun (masculine) name of Arjuna name of a son of Rājādhideva
Frequency rank 7622/72933
śvetavṛkṣa noun (masculine) Crataeva Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68428/72933
śvetaśikha noun (masculine) name of a pupil of Śveta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25661/72933
śvetaśikhaṇḍin noun (masculine) name of a Yogaśiṣya
Frequency rank 68429/72933
śvetaśigru noun (masculine) a white-flowering variety of Moringa Pterygosperma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40263/72933
śvetaśṛṅgī noun (feminine) a kind of poisonous plant
Frequency rank 40264/72933
śvetaśūka noun (masculine) barley
Frequency rank 68430/72933
śvetaśūraṇa noun (masculine) a kind of bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68431/72933
śvetaśūraṇaka noun (masculine) vanaśūraṇa
Frequency rank 68432/72933
śvetasarṣapa noun (masculine) a grain of white mustard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white mustard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22467/72933
śvetasāra noun (masculine) Acacia Catechu or a white-flowering species of it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mimosa Catechu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sandal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30640/72933
śvetasiṃhī noun (feminine) a kind of pot-herb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68433/72933
śvetasurasā noun (feminine) a white -flowering variety of the Vitex Negundo or Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30641/72933
śvetaspandā noun (feminine) Clitoria Ternatea or a white-flowering variety of it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25662/72933
śvetasyandā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze (? wahrscheinlich Druckfehler)
Frequency rank 72912/72933
śvetahanu noun (masculine) a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68434/72933
śvetahaya noun (masculine) a white horse (name of the horse of Indra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20192/72933
śvetairaṇḍa noun (masculine) white Ricinus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40269/72933
saketaka adjective
Frequency rank 30669/72933
sacetas adjective conscious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the same mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rational (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unanimous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25680/72933
satyetara noun (neuter) falsehood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
untruth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68691/72933
sabhyetara adjective indecorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opposite to good manners (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vulgar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68875/72933
samopeta adjective furnished or endowed with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessed of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7886/72933
sampareta adjective dead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceased (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
liable to die (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40487/72933
saretas adjective having semen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessing seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69377/72933
sarveta noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 69526/72933
savyetara adjective right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22554/72933
saṃketa noun (masculine) a short explanation of a grammatical rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
agreement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
allusion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
appointment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assignation with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
convention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engagement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preconcerted sign or signal or gesture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
provision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Referenz [Band zw. Wort + Ding] stipulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8529/72933
saṃketaka noun (masculine) an agreement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
appointment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40605/72933
saṃketakalikā noun (feminine) name of a text
Frequency rank 69741/72933
saṃcetay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 30884/72933
sāketa noun (masculine) the inhabitants of Sāketa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70220/72933
sāmlavetasa adjective with Amlavetasa
Frequency rank 70364/72933
sitetara noun (masculine) a kind of dark-coloured rice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Dolichos Uniflorus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40865/72933
sitetara adjective black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white and black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17393/72933
sukhetara noun (neuter) joys and sorrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40924/72933
sucetas adjective benevolent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having great intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sapient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
well-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70791/72933
suceta noun (feminine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 70792/72933
supracetana adjective
Frequency rank 70972/72933
suretara noun (masculine) an Asura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17408/72933
suvarṇaretas adjective name of Śiva
Frequency rank 31084/72933
smṛtyapeta adjective departed from memory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forgotten (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
illegal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unjust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71972/72933
hatacetas adjective bereft of sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dispirited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31237/72933
hiraṇyaretas noun (masculine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Agni or fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 12 Ādityas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14592/72933
hemaketa noun (feminine) Pandanus Odoratissimus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72691/72933
 

ajalambana

antimony; a chemical element with symmetalloid, it is found in nature mainly as the sulfide mineral stibnite.bol Sb (Latin: stibium). A lustrous gray

amlavarga,amlapañcaka

sour fruits of orange (nāraṅga), rhubarb (amlavetasa), acid lime (nimbu), sweet lime (mātuluṅga), lemon (jambīra).

amlavetasa

Plant Himalayan rhubarb; Garcinia pedunculata; Rumex vesicarius; vinegar. Solena amplexicaulis a substitute. Garcinia pedunculata tree is also considered amlavetasa. Rheum emodi is used as another substitute. not yet identified.

antarāmaya

emprosthotonos or forward bending of the body in lying posture as in tetanus.

apatānaka

convulsion; spasm; tetanus.

apatantraka

hysteria with loss of consciousness; tetanus; apoplectic fits; dāruṇa apatantraka hysterical fits.

apunarbhava

a condition of cinder or ash (bhasma) from which it cannot be reverted to its metallic form.

aśvini

1. a binary star Beta Arietis in Aries constellation; first of the 27 stars in celestial sphere; 2. name of a month.

āvāpa

1. addition of herbs to smelted metals; 2. ingredients which are added latter to the recipe in small quantities.

bahirāmaya

tetanus; opisthotonus; state of severe hyperextension and spasticity in which patient'sbody enter into a complete arching position like a bow.

bandhūka

Plant noon plant, Pentapetas phoenicea.

bhānumati

a commnetary on Suśrutasamhita by Cakrapāṇi (12th Century ).

bhasma

calx; cinder; prepared from metals and minerals by a process of calcination, ash preparation, ex: abhraka bhasma.

bhāvana

impregnation; a powdered metal macerated with a liquid several times to transfer some traits.

bhenḍa

Plant okra (edible vegetable), Abelmoschus esculentus.

bhṛmhaṇa

anabolic; body building processes of the metabolism.

biḍa,biḍālavaṇa

salt obtained from excreta, ammonium chloride.

cakravāstuka

Plant a leafy vegetable.

candradala

a metal treated with mercury or other metals attains whitenss or yellowness.

caturāmla

Plant four citrous fruits that iclude plums (badari), pomegranate (dāḍima), kokam or butter tree (vṛkṣāmla) and common sorrel (amlavetasa).

cetana

Go to caitanya

cullikā

the disappearance of golden colour of metal after few days; see patangi.

dakalāvaṇika

a vegetarian or non-vegetarian soup having salt.

ḍālana

pouring of smelted metal into liquids, a process in medicinal alchemy.

daśa

planetary periods; state of being.

dhāmārgava

Plant 1. prickly chaff flower; Achyranthes aspera; 2. ridged luffa, Luffa cylindrica, a vegetable. kośātaki.

dhaniṣṭa

star Beta Delphinium.

dhanurvāta

tetanus, a serious illness caused by tetanus bacteria.

dhātu

1. metal; 2. root words (linguistic elements) of Sanskrit language. 3. tissues – rasa (chyle, lymph, etc), rakta (blood), mamsa (muscle), medas (adipose tissue), asthi (cartilage and bone), majja (bone marrow), and śukra (reproductive elements).

dhātvagni

metabolic fire.

druti

metals in liquid form.

eṣaṇi

metallic probe.

garbha

uterine cavity; pregnancy; garbhadoṣa foetal anomaly; garbhakośa uterine cavity; garbhapancaka limbs and head of the fetus; garbhapāta abortion; garbha sanga retentiion of foetus; garbhaśayya fundus of uterus; garbhasrāva threatened abortion; miscarriage, garbhasthāpana conception; impregnation.

ghana

heavy; decoction of vegetable medicines solidified by evaporation at a low temperature to obtain solid material.

ghoṣa

Plant dill plant; singing in the ear; noise; bell-metal.

granthiparṇi

Plant 1. smooth angelica, Angelica glauca; 2. knod grass; Leonotis nepetaefolia.

grāsa

swallowing; lower metals swallowed by mercury.

jalavetasa

Plant Indian willow, Salix tetrasperma.

janmabalapravṛttavyādhi

(janma.bala.pravṛttha.vyādh) diseases arising from congenetal defects; problems arising during pregnancy.

jāraṇa

roasting; oxidizing metals; amalgamation of mercury; assimilation; digestion of metals by mercury.

kairāṭaka

species of vegetable poison.

kalamba

Plant the stalk of pot herb or leafy vegetable; Convolvulus repens; Nuclcea cadamba.

kanda

Plant root-bulbs and tubers, prolapsed uterus; kandaśāka root vegetables, ex: radish.

kanḍīra

a vegetable.

kangu

Plant foxtail millet, Setaria italica.

kaparda,kapardika

a small shell or cowrie; Cypraea moneta.

kaṭphala

Plant box myrtle, Myrica nagi, M. esculeta

ketaki,kaitaka

Plant screw pine, dried underground roots of Pandanus tectorius, P. fascicularis. P. odoratissimus.

khala

buttermilk boiled with sour vegetables and spices.

kirātatikta

Plant chireta, whole plant of Swertia chirata; Andrographis paniculata is used in southeastern India as kirātatikta.

kitta

waste, excretal substance, debris.

kucela

1. a leafy vegetable; 2. rag, badly clothed.

kukkuṭāṇḍatvakbhasma

(kukkuṭa.anḍa.tvak.bhasma) ash of the hen’s egg shell, used as medicine in many diseases, ex: svetapradara or leucorrhoea.

kūpipakvarasāyana

pharmaceutical preparation made from substances of mineral and metallic origin using a glass flask (kāckūpi), ex: makaradhvaja.

kūṭaśālmali

Go to śvetaśālmali

kuṭiñjara

Plant false amaranth, a leafy vegetable; Digera muricata

loha

metal, lohabhasma ash prepared from iron.

lohavedha

transmutation of base metals into gold.

lohitīkaraṇa

turning into metal.

māraṇa

incineration of a metallic or mineral product, heating at high temperature.

mardana

1. rubbing, massaging, 2. grinding, rubbing, washing ores and metallic substances with extracts of plants.

mūṣa

crucible, an utensil that can withstand high temparatures, used to remove morbid elements (doṣa) from various metals and minerals, especially to prepare ashes (bhasma).

nāga

1. lead, plumbum; metallic substance used in rasaśāstra; 2. snake.

nīlameha

indicanuria or bluish urination. excess indole may be present in the urine in patients suffering from duodenal ulcer, toxic headache et Century leading to indicanuria. It can also be caused by autosomal recessive metabolic disorder that results in decreased tryptophan absorption. This is known as ‘blue diaper syndrome’.

nirdeśa

one of tantrayuktis, declaration, statement in detail, certainty, elaboration.

nirvāpana

immersion of heated metals into some liquid.

niścandratva

absence of brightness; test for improperly processed metal. In this test, the bhasma is observed under bright sunlight to see whether the lustrous particles are present. Presence of lustrous particles indicates the need for further incineration.

pālakya

Plant beetroot, Beta vulgaris; B. bengalensis.

pañcāmlaka

Plant bījapūraka (citron), jambīra (lemon), nāranga (orange), amlavetasa (bladderdock), tintriṇi (tamarind) is one set; leaves, stembark, flowers, fruits and roots of lime together is another set.

paribhāṣa

interpretation.

patangi

induction of golden colour to silver or any other metal by applying paste of herbs.

patra

leaf; patraśāka leafy vegetable.

phala

fruits; phalaghṛta medicine used in the diseases of uterus; phalaśāka vegetables, ex: brinjal.

pinjāri

1. reddish yellow; 2. a metal thrown in another metal, 3. heated and cooled in a liquid with change of colour.

pittala

brass, bell metal.

prasāda

useful components of metabolism; residuum; clarified liquid.

preta

ghost, dead body, evil being. pretakāya ghostly body; person with traits like laziness, jealousness, miserable.

pritahkrita

separated, separation, detached.

puṣpa

flower, puṣpakāśīsa purified ferrous sulphate; puṣpaśāka flower vegetable ex: cauliflower.

raupyam

silver metal.

rekhapurṇatva

filling lines and wrinkles on palm; a test for improperly processed metal. This test is performed to test the microfineness of bhasma/cinder.

retas

seman.

revati

1. one of the seizing planets (graha), 2. bloodlessness, vit. B deficiency; 3. star Zeta Piscium.

sahasrāra

thousand petaled, one of the ṣaṭcakras.

saktuka

a vegetable poison

śmaśāna

cemetary, crematorium, burial ground.

sodhana

1. purification, removal of harmful metabolic substances from the body; cleansing measures; 2. purification of metalic substances, ores by boiling, triturating in various herbal juices, and grinding.

somavalka

Go to śvetakhadira.

śrūṣa

Plant a leafy vegetable.

stāvara

stationary, belonging to vegetable and mineral origin.

sthambhana

styptic, arresting, checking, restrain, to bind, retain.

śveta

1. white; 2. third layer of skin, stratum luciderm.

śvetacandana

Plant sandal wood, Santalum album.

śvetapaṭala

sclera; the white of the eye, is the opaque, fibrous, protective, outer layer of the eye containing collagen and elastic fiber.

śvetapradara

leucorrhoea, thick whitish or yellowish vaginal discharge.

śvetapunarnava

Plant horse purselene, Boerhavia verticillata.

śvetadhātaki

Go to suṣavi

śvetadūrva

Plant white Bermuda grass.

svetajīraka

Plant cumin seeds, ripe fruits of Cuminum cyminum.

śvetakhadira

Plant Acacia ferruginea, Mimosa ferruginea. Acacia leucophloea, Mimosa suma.

śvetakuṭaja

Plant pala indigo plant, Wrightia tinctoria

śvetapradara

leucorrhoea, whitish discharge from vagina.

śvetaśālmali

Plant white silk cotton tree, Ceiba pentandra.

śvetasāriva

Plant Indian sarsaparilla , roots of Hemidesmus indicus.

tantrayukti

contrivance; metaphorical and logical expression; literary techniques.

vaṅga

tin, vaṅgabhasma ash preparation from tin metal.

vanjula

Go to vetasa.

vardhanaka

an ornament made of wood or metal used after piercing the ears to maintain the hole.

vāritara,vāritaratva

float on water; a test for improperly processed metal. This is one of the physical analytical parameters for bhasma, and is applied to study the lightness and fineness of prepared bhasma.

vartaloha

bell metal, sort of brass or steel.

vāstuka

Plant lamb’s quarters plant, Chenopodium album; a leafy vegetable.

vetasa

1. citron; 2. cane; 3. reed.

vilambika

retardation of evacuation; indigestion.

virūdhaka

grain or vegetables that begin to sprout.

viṣagarbhataila

medicated oil with sesame base to help in muscuto-skeletal diseases.

viṣkandha-saṃskandh

tetanus.

yoga

1. union; 2. pharmaceutical preparation; 3. union of words, 4. one of tantrayuktis; 5. planetary combination.

Wordnet Search
"eta" has 204 results.

eta

samayaḥ, niyamaḥ, saṃskāraḥ, aṅgīkāraḥ, upagamaḥ, abhyupagamaḥ, saṅketaḥ, saṃvādaḥ, vyavasthā, saṃvid, pratijñānam   

kāryasiddhyarthaṃ kāryasamāviṣṭānāṃ ghaṭakānāṃ sāmmukhyam।

ubhayoḥ pakṣayoḥ ayaṃ samayaḥ yat te parasparādhikārāṇām ullaṅghanaṃ na kariṣyanti।

eta

śvetaraktakaṇikā, śvetarudhirakaṇikā   

rakte vartamānaḥ śubhrakaṇaprakāraḥ।

yadā śarīre vraṇaḥ jāyate tadā śvetaraktakaṇikā saṃghaṭya raktasya pravāhaṃ rodhayanti।

eta

dhvajaḥ, patākā, dhvajapaṭaḥ, dhvajāṃśukaḥ, ketanam, ketuḥ, ketuvasanaḥ, vaijayantikā, vaijayantī, jayantaḥ, kadalī, kadalikā, ucchalaḥ   

daṇḍasya ādhāreṇa samutthitā nānāvarṇīyā viśiṣṭavarṇīyā vā paṭṭikā yayā kasyāpi sattā ko'pi utsavaḥ saṅketaḥ vā sūcyate।

bhāratadeśasya dhvajaḥ cakrāṅkitaḥ asti।

eta

śvetacandanam, malayodbhavam, malayajam, śvetacandanam, tailaparṇikam   

śvetaṃ candanam।

malayaparvate śvetacandanasya bahavaḥ vṛkṣāḥ santi।

eta

aṅgulisaṅketa   

aṅgulyāḥ kṛtaḥ saṅketaḥ।

hariścandraḥ aṅgulisaṅketena mām āhvayati।

eta

saṅketaḥ, prajñaptiḥ, paribhāṣā, śailī, samayaḥ, ākāraḥ   

svābhiprāyavyañjakaceṣṭāviśeṣaḥ।

karṇabadhiraiḥ saha saṅketena bhāṣaṇaṃ kartavyam।

eta

prāṇī, jantuḥ, cetanaḥ, jīvī, janmī, śarīrī, paśuḥ, tiryaṅ   

yasmin prāṇāḥ santi।

pṛthivyāṃ naike prāṇinaḥ santi। / karmātmanāñca devānāṃ saḥ asṛjat prāṇināṃ prabhuḥ।sādhyānāñca gaṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ yajñañcaiva sanātanam।

eta

caitanyam, cetanatā, caitanyatā   

cetanāyāḥ bhāvaḥ।

manuṣyeṣu caitanyam anubhūyate।

eta

sammilita, sañcita, upacita, samupacita, samūḍha, saṅgūḍha, sambhṛta, sambhūta, ekīkṛta, ekastha, sannipatita, saṃhata, samaveta, saṅkalita   

itastata ākṛṣya ekatra kṛtam nibandhanam ।

aiṣamaḥ kumbhamahāsammelane sammilitānāṃ janānāṃ dhāvaṃ dhāvaṃ jātam।

eta

siṃhaḥ, mṛgendraḥ, pañcāsyaḥ, haryakṣaḥ, keśarī, hariḥ, pārīndraḥ, śvetapiṅgalaḥ, kaṇṭhīravaḥ, pañcaśikhaḥ, śailāṭaḥ, bhīmavikramaḥ, saṭāṅkaḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgarājaḥ, marutjlavaḥ, keśī, lamnaukāḥ, karidārakaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, śvetapiṅgaḥ, gajamocanaḥ, mṛgāriḥ, ibhāriḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mṛgapatiḥ, pañcamukhaḥ, nakhī, mānī, kravyādaḥ, mṛgādhipaḥ, śūraḥ, vikrāntaḥ, dviradāntakaḥ, bahubalaḥ, dīptaḥ, balī, vikramī, dīptapiṅgalaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ- mārjārajātīyaḥ hiṃsraḥ tathā ca balavān paśuḥ।

asmin kāvye kavinā śivarāyasya tulanā siṃhaiḥ kṛtā।

eta

pitṛpakṣaḥ, śrāddhapakṣaḥ, pretapakṣaḥ   

aśvinamāsasya kṛṣṇapakṣaḥ yasmin pitṛn tṛpyate।

mama pitāmahaḥ agrime pitṛpakṣe piṇḍadānārthe gayāṃ gamiṣyati।

eta

airāvataḥ, śvetahastī, abhramātaṅgaḥ, airāvaṇaḥ, abhramuvallabhaḥ, caturdantaḥ, mallanāgaḥ, indrakuñjaraḥ, hastimallaḥ, sadādānaḥ, sudāmā, śvetakuñjaraḥ, gajāgraṇīḥ, nāgamallaḥ   

indrasya gajaḥ yaḥ pūrvadiśaḥ diggajaḥ asti।

samudramanthanāt airāvataḥ api prāptaḥ।

eta

śvetavarṇīyaḥ   

yūropakhaṇḍastaḥ amerikākhaṇḍasthāḥ janāḥ yeṣāṃ śarīrasya varṇaḥ śvetaḥ asti।

mumbaīnagare juhūgrāme samudrataṭe naike śvetavarṇīyāḥ dṛśyante।

eta

cetanadharmāropaḥ, cetanadharmāropaṇam, cetanaguṇāropaḥ, cetanaguṇāropaṇam, manuṣyaguṇāropaḥ, manuṣyaguṇāropaṇam, puruṣabhāvaropaḥ, cetanatvāropaḥ, cetanatvāropaṇam, cetanadharmotprekṣā   

acetane vastuni cetanatvasya manuṣyaguṇasya vā āropaḥ।

sandhyāsundarī avatarati asmin vākye sandhyāyāṃ cetanadharmāropaṇam kṛtam।

eta

śukla, dhavala, śveta, sita, śyeta, śubhra, śuci, avadāta, viśada, gaura, dhauta, pāṇḍura, amala, vimala, rajata, karka, kharu, arjuna, śiti, valakṣa, arjunachavi   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ।

saḥ śvetaṃ vastraṃ parigṛhṇāti।

eta

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

eta

jīvita, cetana, janmin, jantu, janyu, śarīrin   

yasmin jīvaḥ asti।

jīvitānāṃ prāṇinām āntarikavṛddhiḥ bhavati।

eta

cetanajagat   

tat jagat yatra cetanā asti।

vayaṃ cetanajagataḥ nivāsinaḥ smaḥ।

eta

ājigīṣu, kīrtiprepsu, yaśaskāma, yaśaskāmyat, utkṛṣṭapadaprepsu, abhirucimat, aiśvaryaprepsu, abhipreta   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa yaśaḥ ākāṅkṣate।

śyāmaḥ ājigīṣuḥ asti।

eta

vṛtta, ghaṭita, gata, bhūta, atīta, vyatīta, samatīta, vyapeta, saṃvṛtta, atikrānta, nibhūta, pratīta   

yad bhūtakāle jātam।

saḥ svajīvanasya vṛttaṃ varṇayati।

eta

nivāsaḥ, vasatiḥ, vāsaḥ, vāsasthānam, nivasatiḥ, nivāsasthānam, nivāsabhūyam, gṛham, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, samāvāsaḥ, āvasathaḥ, vāstuḥ, vāstu, sthānam, avasthānam, pratiṣṭhā, āyatanam, niketanam, ālayaḥ, nilayaḥ, nilayitā, kṣiḥ   

tat sthānaṃ yatra paśavaḥ janāḥ vā vasanti।

vyāghrasya nivāsaḥ vane asti।

eta

śaṅkhaḥ, kambuḥ, kambojaḥ, abjaḥ, arṇobhavaḥ, pāvanadhvanāḥ, antakuṭilaḥ, mahānādaḥ, śvetaḥ, pūtaḥ, mukharaḥ, dīrghanādaḥ, bahunādaḥ, haripriyaḥ, kasruḥ, daram, jalajaḥ, revaṭaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, samudrodbhavajantuḥ।

śaṅkhaḥ jalajantuḥ asti। / bhaktatūryaṃ gandhatūryaṃ raṇatūryaṃ mahāsvanaḥ saṃgrāmapaṭahaḥ śaṅkhastathā cābhayaḍiṇḍima।

eta

bhaviṣyatkālam, anāgatam, śvastanam, pragetanam, vartsyat, vartiṣyamāṇam, āgāmi, bhāvī   

kālaviśeṣaḥ- vartamānakālottarakālīnotpattikatvam।

bhaviṣyatkāle kiṃ bhaviṣyati iti kopi na jānāti।

eta

khaṇḍanīya, bhedya, bhaṅgya, khaṇḍya, bhetavya, bhaṅgura, lopya, viśīrya   

yasya khaṇḍaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

dṛśyavastuni khaṇḍanīyāni santi।

eta

abhedya, abhaṅgya, akhaṇḍanīya, akhaṇḍya, abhetavya, abhaṅgura, alopya, aviśīrya   

yasya khaṇḍanaṃ na bhavati।

bhavataḥ tarkaḥ abhedyaḥ।

eta

bhṛtyaḥ, anucaraḥ, paricaraḥ, paricārakaḥ, preṣyaḥ, kiṅkaraḥ, ceṭakaḥ, ceṭaḥ, kibhkaraḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśaḥ, bhṛtakaḥ, karmakaraḥ, karmakārī, parijamaḥ, vetanajīvī, sevopajīvī, sevājīvī, bhṛtibhuk, bhṛtijīvī, anujīvī, viyojyaḥ, praiṣyaḥ, bharaṇīyaḥ, vaitānikaḥ, śuśrūṣakaḥ, ceḍaḥ, ceḍakaḥ, pārśvikaḥ, pārśvānucaraḥ, sairindhraḥ, arthī, bhujiṣyaḥ, dāseraḥ, dāseyaḥ, gopyaḥ, gopakaḥ, sevakaḥ   

yaḥ sevate।

mama bhṛtyaḥ gṛhaṃ gataḥ।

eta

bhīruḥ, bhītaḥ, bhīrukaḥ, bhīruhṛdayaḥ, bhayaśīlaḥ, hariṇahṛdayaḥ, kātaraḥ, trasruḥ, dīnacetanaḥ, dīnaḥ, asāhasikaḥ, bhayāturaḥ   

yaḥ bibheti।

bhīruḥ mriyate naikavāraṃ vīraḥ ekavāram।

eta

vikīrṇacetas, dhyānahīna, atallīna   

yasmin dhyānasya abhāvaḥ asti।

vikīrṇacetāḥ bālakāḥ paṭhane durbalāḥ santi।

eta

likhitacihnam, likhitalakṣaṇam, likhitasaṃketaḥ, likhitapratīkam, likhitam cihnam, likhitam lakṣaṇam, likhitaḥ saṃketaḥ, likhitam pratīkam   

tat cihnaṃ yad likhitasvarūpeṇa upalabhyate;

saṃjñāphalake likhitacihnāni santi

eta

kuṣṭham, śvitram, śvetam   

rogaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ vyādhiḥ yasmin tvag śvetā bhavati।

kuṣṭham iti asādhyaḥ vyādhiḥ nāsti।

eta

gṛham, geham, udvasitam, veśma, sadma, niketanam, niśāntam, natsyam, sadanam, bhavanam, agāram, sandiram, gṛhaḥ, nikāyaḥ, nilayaḥ, ālayaḥ, vāsaḥ, kuṭaḥ, śālā, sabhā, pastyam, sādanam, āgāram, kuṭiḥ, kuṭī, gebaḥ, niketaḥ, sālā, mandirā, okaḥ, nivāsaḥ, saṃvāsaḥ, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, nivasati, vasati, ketanam, gayaḥ, kṛdaraḥ, gartaḥ, harmyam, astam, duroṇe, nīlam, duryāḥ, svasarāṇi, amā, dame, kṛttiḥ, yoniḥ, śaraṇam, varūtham, chardichadi, chāyā, śarma, ajam   

manuṣyaiḥ iṣṭikādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ vāsasthānam।

gṛhiṇyā eva gṛhaṃ śobhate।

eta

pavitra, medhya, pūta, pāvana, pavana, śuci, śaucopeta   

dharmeṇa śuddhaḥ।

kāśī iti pavitraṃ sthānam asti।

eta

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

eta

kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ   

kāmasya devatā।

kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

eta

prāṇī, cetanaḥ, janmī, jantuḥ, janyuḥ, śarīrī, jīvaḥ   

prāṇaviśiṣṭaḥ।

asmin viśve naike prāṇinaḥ santi।

eta

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

eta

śayanāgāraḥ, śayanagṛhaḥ, svapnaniketanam, nidrāśālā, viśrāmaśālā, vāsagṛham, vāsāgāram, svapnagṛham   

śayanasya kṛte kakṣaḥ।

kaḥ asti śayanāgāre।

eta

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

eta

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

eta

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

eta

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

eta

vaṃśaḥ, vetraḥ, veṇuḥ, vetasaḥ, vetram, kīcakaḥ, vānīraḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ asya guṇāḥ amlatva-kaṣāyatva-śītatvādayaḥ।

mohanasya prāṅgaṇe vaṃśāḥ santi।

eta

śaṅkhaḥ, ambhojaḥ, kambuḥ, kambojaḥ, ambujaḥ, abjaḥ jalajaḥ, arṇobhavaḥ, pāvanadhvaniḥ, antakuṭilaḥ, mahānādaḥ, śvetaḥ, pūtaḥ, mukharaḥ, dīrghanādaḥ, bahunādaḥ, haripriyaḥ   

samudrodbhavaḥ jalajantuḥ yaḥ pavitraḥ manyante tathā ca yasya dhārmikādiṣu anuṣṭhāneṣu nādaḥ kriyate।

paṇḍitaḥ satyanārāyaṇakathāyāṃ śaṅkhasya nādaḥ karoti।

eta

paṭhanīya, supāṭhya, pāṭhya, paṭhya, adhyayanīya, adhyetavya, adhyeya   

paṭhanārthe yogyam।

mānasa iti ekaḥ paṭhanīyaḥ granthaḥ।

eta

āvāsahīna, āśrayahīna, gṛhahīna, aniketa, aketana, agṛha, nirgṛha   

yaḥ gṛhavihīnaḥ asti।

śarayunadyāṃ āgatena āplāvena naikāḥ janāḥ āvāsahīnāḥ jātāḥ।

eta

kṛṣṇavarṇīya, śvetetara, kṛṣṇa   

yaḥ mānavaḥ śvetavarṇīyaḥ nāsti ।

āṅglāḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaiḥ saha durvartanaṃ kṛtavantaḥ।

eta

kṛṣṇa, śyāma, nīla, aśveta   

kajjalasya aṅgārasya vā varṇam।

etad śrutvā sohanasya mukhaṃ kṛṣṇam abhavat।

eta

atīvra, atejā, nistejā, tejohīna, dhārāhīna, atīkṣṇa, nirvyākula, praśānta, praśāntacitta, śāntacetas, śāntātman   

yad na tīkṣṇam।

kim bhavān anayā atīvrayā churikayā eva yuddhaṃ kariṣyati।

eta

śānta, praśānta, nirudvigna, avikala, avyākula, avyagra, viśrabdha, nirākula, anākula, śamita, viśrānta, śāntacetas   

yad udvignaṃ nāsti।

mohanasya jīvanaṃ śāntam asti।

eta

mūrcchita, niśceṣṭa, aceṣṭa, pramugdha, aceta, cetanāhīna, cetanāśunya, acetana, cetanārahita   

kiñcit kālārthe yasya cetanā luptā।

suhṛdasya mṛtyoḥ vārtā śrutvā saḥ murcchitaḥ।

eta

acetana, jaḍa   

yasmin cetanā nāsti।

mohanaḥ acetanānāṃ padārthānāṃ adhyayanaṃ karoti।

eta

acetanatā, acetanā, cetanāhīnatā, cetanāśūnyatā   

cetanāhīnasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

kuṣṭhena pīḍite aṅge acetanatā āgacchati।

eta

acetanatā, cetanahīnatā, cetanāhīnatā   

acetanasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

jaḍapadārtheṣu acetanatā dṛśyate।

eta

ajeya, ajetavya   

yaḥ jeyaḥ nāsti।

mṛtyuḥ ajeyaḥ asti।

eta

jaḍajagat, acetanajagat   

cetanārahitaṃ jagat।

jaḍa-jagataḥ utpattiviṣaye naikāni matāni santi।

eta

cetanāyukta, saṃjñāyukta   

yaḥ cetanayā yuktaḥ asti।

janaiḥ mṛtaḥ iti ghoṣitaḥ vyaktiḥ yadā vaidyarājena cikitsitā tadā tena uktaṃ saḥ cetanāyuktaḥ asti।

eta

parāsuḥ, prāptapañcatvaḥ, paretaḥ, pretaḥ, saṃsthitaḥ, pramītaḥ   

yaḥ gataprāṇaḥ।

saḥ mṛtaḥ śāvakaḥ asti।

eta

dharmahīna, adharmina, adhārmika, nirdharma, dharmāpeta   

yasya dharme niṣṭhā nāsti।

rāvaṇaḥ dharmahīnaḥ āsīt।

eta

arthaḥ, abhiprāyaḥ, abhipretam, āśayaḥ, uddeśaḥ, tātparyam   

padaśabdavākyādibhyaḥ prāptaḥ bhāvaḥ।

sūradāsasya padasya arthasya prāptiḥ atīva kliṣṭā।

eta

ceta   

sā śaktiḥ yā bodhayati।

cetanā iti jīvanasya ekaṃ lakṣaṇam।

eta

pretaḥ, pretanaraḥ, pretikaḥ, paretaḥ, nārakaḥ, narakavāsī, narakāmayaḥ, paretaḥ, niśāṭaḥ, brahmarākṣasaḥ, bhūtaḥ, malinamukhaḥ, rahāṭaḥ, śmaśānanivāsī, śmaśānaveśmā, sattva   

mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ yaḥ jīvātmā tasya sā avasthā yasyāṃ saḥ mokṣābhāvat anyajanān pīḍayati।

ādhunike yuge viralāḥ janāḥ pretānām astittvaṃ na svīkurvanti।

eta

varaṭaḥ, kalahaṃsaḥ, sugrīvaḥ, cakrapakṣaḥ, jālapad, dhavalapakṣaḥ, nīlākṣaḥ, pāriplāvyaḥ, purudaṃśakaḥ, bandhuraḥ, vakrāṅgaḥ, vārcaḥ, śakavaḥ, śiticchadaḥ, śitipakṣaḥ, śvetacchadaḥ, śvetagarutaḥ, śvetapatraḥ, sitacchadaḥ, sitapakṣaḥ, haṃsaḥ, haṃsakaḥ, hariṇaḥ, sūtiḥ, cakraḥ   

haṃsajātīyaḥ jalakhagaprakāraviśeṣaḥ।

varaṭaḥ jale viharati।

eta

śikharī, viṣaghnikā, śvetadhāmā, vṛhatphalā, veśmakūlā, śikhī, mālākaṇṭhaḥ, argvadhā, keśaparṇī   

vanyakṣupaḥ yaḥ bheṣajarūpeṇa upayujyate।

vaidyena pīḍitāya śikhariṇaḥ satvasya sevanaṃ sūcitam।

eta

jīrakaḥ, jīraḥ, jīrṇaḥ, dīpyaḥ, jīraṇaḥ, sugandham, sūkṣmapatraḥ, kṛṣṇasakhī, dūtā, suṣavī, ajājī, śvetaḥ, kaṇā, ajājīkā, vahniśikhaḥ, māgadhaḥ, dīpakaḥ   

vaṇigdravyaviśeṣaḥ asya guṇāḥ gandha-yuktatva-ruci-svara-kāritva-vāta-gulmadhmāna-atīsāragrahaṇī-krimināśitvādayaḥ।

mātā jīrakeṇa āmlasūpaṃ bhājayati।

eta

vetanabhogin   

yaḥ vetanaṃ prāpnoti।

saḥ vetanabhogī karmakaraḥ kiṃ tu trayāṇāṃ māsānāṃ vetanaṃ tena na prāptam।

eta

dyumat, dyutikar, dyutimat, dyotana, dyoti, dyotamāna, ujvala, kāntimat, kiraṇamaya, utprabha, ullasa, ullasita, prakāśavat, prakāśaka, prakāśamāna, prakāśat, prakāśin, citra, tejasvat, tejasvin, tejomaya, taijasa, añjimat, atiśukra, abhirucira, abhivirājita, abhiśobhita, abhīṣumat, amanda, avabhāsita, avabhāsin, ābhāsvara, ārocana, ābhāsura, iddha, utprabha, udīrṇadīdhiti, uddyota, uddyotita, kanakatālābha, kanakaprabha, kanala, kāśī, kāśīṣṇu, ketu, taijasa, dīdi, dīdivi, dīpta, dīptimat, dyotamāna, dhauta, punāna, prakhya, prabhāvat, bṛhajjyotis, bhāskara, bhāsura, bhāsvara, bhāsvat, bhāsayat, rukmābha, rucita, rucira, rucya, ruśat, roca, rocana, rocamāna, rociṣṇu, varcasvin, vidyotamāna, virukmat, vicakṣaṇa, virājamāna, śuklabhāsvara, śundhyu, śubhāna, śubhra, śubhri, śumbhamāna, śobha, śobhamāna, sutāra, suteja, sudīpta, sudyotman, supraketa, suprabha, suruk, suvibhāta, sphurat, hiraṇyanirṇij, hiraṇyanirṇig   

yasmin dīptiḥ asti athavā yasya varṇaḥ ābhāyuktaḥ asti।

prācyadeśāt āgatena tena dūtena tat dyumat ratnaṃ rājasabhāyāṃ rājñe samarpitam।

eta

vīryam, śukram, dhātuḥ, tejaḥ, retaḥ, bījam   

puruṣaśarīrasthaḥ santatinirmāṇe āvaśyakaḥ rasādyananurupakāryakaraṇaśaktivān caramadhātuḥ;

vṛṣyaṃ vīryaṃ vardhayati

eta

śvetapaṭalam, śuklapaṭalam   

netrapaṭalasya śubhraḥ bhāgaḥ।

kaṅkareṇa śvetapaṭalaṃ raktaṃ jātam।

eta

pāṇḍuḥ, pāṇḍurogaḥ, pāṇḍuraḥ, kāmalā, kumbhakāmalā, halīmakam, nāgabhedaḥ, śvetahastī, sitavarṇaḥ   

vyādhiviśeṣaḥ yasmin rakte pittavarṇakasya ādhikyāt tvaṅnetrādayaḥ pītāḥ bhavanti।

pāṇḍurogo gariṣṭhopi bhaveddhātukṣayaṅkaraḥ।

eta

haṃsaḥ, śvetagarut, cakrāṅgaḥ, mānasaukāḥ, kalakaṇṭhaḥ, sitacchadaḥ, sitapakṣaḥ, purudaṃśakaḥ, dhavalapakṣaḥ, mānasālayaḥ, hariḥ   

jalapakṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kādambasadṛśaḥ asti।

haṃsaḥ devyāḥ sarasvatyāḥ vāhanam asti।

eta

duḥkhagrasta, duḥkhapīḍita, duḥkhopeta   

yat kaṣṭena yuktam।

tasya duḥkhagrastām avasthām ahaṃ soḍhuṃ na śaknomi।

eta

śivā, haritakī, abhayā, avyathā, pathyā, vayaḥsthā, pūtanā, amṛtā, haimavatī, cetakī, śreyasī, sudhā, kāyasthā, kanyā, rasāyanaphalā, vijayā, jayā, cetanakī, rohiṇī, prapathyā, jīvapriyā, jīvanikā, bhiṣgavarā, bhiṣakpriyā, jīvanti, prāṇadā, jīvyā, devī, divyā   

haritakīvṛkṣasya phalaṃ yad haritapītavarṇīyam asti।

śuṣkakāse śivā atīva upayuktā asti।

eta

śvā, kukkuraḥ, kukuraḥ, śunakaḥ, bhaṣakaḥ, mṛgadaśakaḥ, vakrapucchaḥ, vakrabāladhiḥ, lalajivhaḥ, jihvāliṭ, vṛkāriḥ, grāmasiṃhaḥ, śīghracetanaḥ, rātrījāgaraḥ, kṛtajñaḥ, sārameyaḥ, vāntādaḥ, śaratkāmī, śavakāmyaḥ, kauleyakaḥ   

grāmyapaśuḥ vṛkajātīyaḥ paśuḥ।

kukkurasya bhaṣaṇāt na suptaḥ aham।

eta

kūṭasaṅketa   

sandeśaṃ guptarūpeṇa preṣayitum upayuktaḥ saṅketaḥ।

mejaramahodayaḥ kūṭasaṅketena sainikebhyaḥ sandeśaṃ dattavān।

eta

arjunaḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, pārthaḥ, śakranandanaḥ, gāṇḍivī, madhyamapāṇḍavaḥ, śvetavājī, kapidhvajaḥ, rādhābhedī, subhadreśaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, bṛhannalaḥ, aindriḥ, phālgunaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, kirīṭī, śvetavāhanaḥ, bībhatsuḥ, vijayaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, savyasācī, kṛṣṇaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

kunteḥ tṛtīyaḥ putraḥ।

arjunaḥ mahān dhanurdharaḥ āsīt।

eta

saṃvedanāhārin, niścetaka   

yaḥ saṃvedanāṃ harati।

śalyacikitsāyāḥ prāk pīḍitāya saṃvedanahāri bheṣajaṃ dīyate।

eta

mūka, kaḍa, vāgapeta, viśrāntakatha   

uccāraṇasāmarthyasya abhāvāt vaktum asamarthaḥ।

mūkaḥ saṃketaiḥ kim api akathayat।

eta

rajatam, rūpyam, raupyam, śvetam, śvetakam, sitam, dhautam, śuklam, śubhram, mahāśubhram, kharjūram, kharjuram, durvarṇam, candralauham, candrahāsam, rājaraṅgam, indulohakam, tāram, brāhmapiṅgā, akūpyam   

śvetavarṇīyaḥ dīptimān dhātuḥ tathā ca yasmāt alaṅkārādayaḥ nirmīyante।

sā rajatasya alaṅkārān dhārayati।

eta

cihnam, lakṣaṇam, vyañjanam, liṅgam, pratimā, pratirūpam, saṅketaḥ, ketuḥ, dhvajaḥ, patākā   

saḥ yaḥ kasyāḥ api samaṣṭeḥ sūcakarupeṇa vidyate।

pratyekasya rāṣṭrasya rājyasya saṃsthāyāḥ vā svasya cihnam asti eva।

eta

saṅketa   

kasyāpi sthānasya sūcakāni cihnāni yasyādhāreṇa tatra gantuṃ śakyate।

ahaṃ saṅketasya anveṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā atra āgataḥ।

eta

tulasī, subhagā, tīvrā, pāvanī, viṣṇuvallabhā, surejyā, surasā, kāyasthā, suradundubhiḥ, surabhiḥ, bahupatrī, mañjarī, haripriyā, apetarākṣasī, śyāmā, gaurī, tridaśamañjarī, bhūtaghnī, bhūtapatrī, vaiṣṇavī, puṇyā, mādhavī, amṛtā, patrapuṣpā, vṛndā, maruvakaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, prasthapuṣpaḥ, phaṇijhakaḥ, parṇāsaḥ, jambhīraḥ, kaṭhiñjaraḥ, kuṭherakaḥ, arjjakaḥ, kulasaurabham, lakṣmī   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ pavitraḥ asti tathā ca yasya parṇāni gandhayuktāni santi।

tulasyāḥ parṇāni oṣadhirūpeṇa upayujyante।

eta

āmantraṇam, nimantraṇam, āvāhaḥ, āvāhanam, iṣṭiḥ, ketanam, upahavaḥ, codakaḥ, praiṣaḥ, mantraṇakam   

sambandhijanebhyaḥ maṅgalakāryādiṣu upasthityarthā kṛtā prārthanā।

adya eva mama mitreṇa preṣitam āmantraṇaṃ prāptaṃ mayā।

eta

nīla, sitetara, vinīla, nīlaka   

nīlavarṇīyaḥ।

nīlaṃ gaganaṃ śobhanīyaṃ bhāti।

eta

nimantraya, āmantraya, upanimantraya, sannimantraya, āhve, samāhve, upahve, ketaya, saṅketaya, abhyarthaya, ākāraya, āvāhaya   

sabhādiṣu samārohādiṣu ca sammelituṃ vijñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ svasya vivāhasamārohe sarvān nimantrayati।

eta

unmatta, pramatta, pramada, matta, unmattaka, unmadita, utkaṭa, udyuta, kuśa, dṛpta, nirdaṭa, nirdaḍa, madakala, momugha, vātahata, vātula, vātūla, sonmāda, ha, sonmāda, hatacitta, hatacetas, haripriya   

yasya buddhau ko'pi vikāraḥ asti।

bhasmarāśīkṛtaṃ svaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā asahāyaḥ śyāmaḥ unmattaḥ abhavat।

eta

dhāraṇā, avagamaḥ, avagamanam, cetanā, jñaptiḥ, dhītiḥ, dhīdā, prabodhaḥ, prājñā, vijñātiḥ, vittiḥ, sambodhaḥ   

buddhyā adhigataṃ jñānam।

pratyekasya jīvasya dhāraṇā bhinnā vartate।

eta

pratijñā, pratijñānam, samayaḥ, saṃśravaḥ, pratiśravaḥ, vacanam, saṃvid, saṃvit, niyamaḥ, saṃgaraḥ, saṅagaraḥ, saṅketaḥ, abhisaṃdhā, abhisandhā, abhyupagamaḥ, svīkāraḥ, urarīkāraḥ, aṃgīkāraḥ, aṅgīkāraḥ, paripaṇanaṃ, samādhiḥ, āgūḥ, āśravaḥ, sandhā, śravaḥ   

kañcit dṛḍhatāpūrvakaṃ kathanaṃ yat idaṃ kāryam aham avaśyaṃ kariṣyāmi athavā kadāpi na kariṣyāmi iti।

ādhunike kāle alpīyāḥ janāḥ pratijñāṃ pūrayanti।

eta

veṇuḥ, vaṃśaḥ, vetasaḥ, tvaksāraḥ, śataparvā, maskaraḥ, tṛṇadhvajaḥ, yavaphalaḥ, tejanaḥ, karmāraḥ   

tṛṇajātiviśeṣaḥ- sā vanaspati yasyāṃ sthāne sthāne granthiḥ asti tathā ca yā pātracchādanādinirmāṇe upayujyate।

saḥ udyāne veṇuṃ ropayati।

eta

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, bhṛtiḥ, mūlyam, arjanam   

karmakaraḥ karma kṛtvā yad dhanaṃ prāpnoti tad।

saḥ pratidinaṃ upārjanaṃ karoti।

eta

surāmatta, unmatta, pramatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta   

madonmattaḥsurāmattaḥ।

madonmattaḥ vyaktiḥ jalpanam akarot।

eta

vetanam, vartanam, bhūtiḥ, karmaṇyā, vidhā, bhṛtyā, bharaṇyam, bharaṇam, mūlyam, nirveśaḥ, paṇaḥ, viṣṭiḥ, ājīvaḥ, jīvanam, vārtā, jīvikā   

karmadakṣiṇā; saḥ alpaṃ vetanaṃ gṛhītvā kāryaṃ karoti। /

paṇo deyo avakṛṣṭasya ṣaḍutkṛṣṭasya vetanam [manu. 7.126]

eta

tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, śobhāñjanaḥ, śigruḥ, tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, akṣīvaḥ, tīkṣṇagandhaḥ, sutīkṣṇaḥ, ghanapallavaḥ, śvetamaricaḥ, tīkṣṇaḥ, gandhaḥ, gandhakaḥ, kākṣīvakaḥ, strīcittahārī, draviṇanāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇagandhā, mūlakaparṇī, nīlaśigruḥ, janapriyaḥ, mukhamodaḥ, cakṣuṣyaḥ, rucirāñjanaḥ   

saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya dīrghabījaguptiḥ śākārthe upayujyate।

śyāmaḥ tīkṣṇagandhakasya bījaguptim uñchati।

eta

saṅketaḥ, saṅketanam   

kasyacit kāryaṃ prārabdham anārabdham vā tasya ārambhaḥ kadā bhaviṣyati ityetāsāṃ sūcanam।

yānasya cālanasamaye saṅketaḥ avadhātavyaḥ।

eta

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, vartanam, bhṛtiḥ   

jīvanayāpanārthaṃ dīyamānaṃ dhanam।

jyeṣṭhebhyaḥ vidhavābhyaśca jīvanaṃ yāpayituṃ sarvakāraḥ vetanaṃ dadāti।

eta

avetana   

vetanena vinā kāryarataḥ।

asmākaṃ pradeśe kānicana vidyālayāni santi yatra śikṣakāḥ avetanāḥ kāryaṃ kurvanti।

eta

nāmasaṅketau   

kasyacit nāma saṅketaśca।

mastake jātena āghātena santoṣaḥ svasya nāmasaṅketau api vismṛtavān।

eta

prāyaścittam, prāyaścittiḥ, prāyaścetanam, niṣkṛtiḥ, pāpaniṣkṛtiḥ, pāpāpanuttiḥ, pāvanam   

pāpakṣayamātrasādhanaṃ karma।

hindūdharmīyāḥ svapāpānāṃ prāyaścittam ācarituṃ tīrthasthānaṃ gacchanti athavā dānādīn kurvanti।

eta

raktasrāvaḥ, raktamokṣaṇam, raktannutiḥ, rudhirakṣaraṇam, vetasāmlaḥ, raktapatanam, asṛgvimokṣaṇam, asṛgsrāvaḥ, raktāvasecanam, avasekaḥ, avasecanam, sirāmokṣaḥ, sirāvyadhaḥ, viśrāvaṇam, vyadhā   

śarīrasya kasyacit aṅgāvayavasya chedanāt anyasmād kāraṇāt vā śarīrāt raktasya sravaṇam।

atyadhikena raktasrāveṇa durghaṭanayā pīḍitaḥ janaḥ mṛtaḥ jātaḥ।

eta

sūcakaḥ, cihnam, lakṣaṇam, liṅgam, lāñchanam, bodhakaḥ, jñāpakaḥ, abhijñānam, saṅketa   

kasyāpi ghaṭanāyāḥ kāryasya vā sadbhāvaṃ sūcayanti tatvāni।

ākāśe kṛṣṇavarṇīyāḥ meghāḥ vṛṣṭeḥ sūcakāḥ santi।

eta

ceta   

jīvasya tasya astitvakarmādiviṣaye vartamānaṃ jñānam।

cetanayā eva brahmajñānaṃ bhavati।

eta

khadiraḥ, śvetasāraḥ, khadyapatrī   

khadirakāṣṭhāt prāptaḥ dravapadārthaḥ।

janaḥ tāmbūlena saha khadiram atti।

eta

māsikavetanam, māsikavartanam, māsikabhūtiḥ, māsikaṃ vetanam, māsikakarmaṇyā, māsikavidhā, māsikabhṛtyā, māsikabharaṇyam, māsikabharaṇam, māsikamūlyam, māsikanirveśaḥ, māsikapaṇaḥ, māsikaviṣṭiḥ   

pratimāsaṃ dīyamānā karmadakṣiṇā;

agrime māse mama kanyāyāḥ māsikavetanaṃ pañcadaśasahasrarupyakāṇi bhaviṣyati

eta

adhilābhāṃśaḥ, vetanādhikadānam   

lābhasya saḥ aṃśaḥ yaḥ karmacāriṣu vitīryate।

asmin varṣe āhatya daśasahastrarūpyakāṇāṃ adhilābhāṃśam aprāpnot।

eta

adhilābhāṃśaḥ, vetanādhikadānam   

vetanāt atiriktaṃ karmacāribhyaḥ dīyamānaṃ dhanam।

dīpāvalyāḥ samaye sarve karmacāriṇaḥ adhilābhāṃśam apekṣyante।

eta

patrādeśaḥ, patrasaṅketaḥ, gṛhasaṅketa   

patrapreṣaṇārthe upayujyamānaḥ gṛhasya athavā sthānasya saṅketaḥ yaḥ patragrāhakasya nāmnaḥ adhaḥ likhyate।

asamyak patrādeśāt patravāhaḥ kasyāpi anyasyaiva patram asmadīye gṛhe nikṣiptavān।

eta

aniketa, asthira   

yeṣāṃ niścitaṃ vasatisthānaṃ nāsti।

bhārate adhunāpi naike aniketāḥ samūhāḥ dṛśyante।

eta

dakṣiṇa, vāmetara, apasavya, avasavya   

pūrvābhimukhe sthite śarīrasya dakṣiṇadiśam abhi vartamānaṃ aṅgam।

mama dakṣiṇam aṅgaṃ prasphurati

eta

dhūmaḥ, dhūmikā, dhūpaḥ, dhūpikā, dahanaketanaḥ, marudvāhaḥ, karamālaḥ, khatamālaḥ, vyāmaḥ, agnibāhuḥ, agnivāhaḥ, ambhaḥsūḥ, ṛjīkaḥ, kacamālaḥ, jīmūtavāhī, khatamālaḥ, bhambhaḥ, marudvāhaḥ, mecakaḥ, starī, suparvā, śikhidhvajaḥ   

kasyāpi vastoḥ jvalanād vidhūpyamānaṃ kṛṣṇabāṣpam।

ārdraidhāgneḥ adhiko dhūmaḥ jāyate।

eta

kūṭasaṅketa   

saṃkṣiptarūpeṇa guptarūpeṇa vā sandeśasya preṣaṇam।

ayaṃ sandeśaḥ kūṭasaṅkete likhitaḥ asti।

eta

ulkāmukha-preta   

saḥ pretaḥ yaḥ mukhāt agniṃ prakṣepati।

kathāsu varṇitaḥ ulkāmukha-pretaḥ gamanakāle sukhāt agnim utpādayati।

eta

ketakaḥ, ketakī, indukalikā, tīkṣṇapuṣpā, dīrghapatraḥ, pāṃsukā, amarapuṣpaḥ, amarapuṣpakaḥ, kaṇṭadalā, kanakaketakī, kanakapuṣpī, droṇīdalaḥ, karatṛṇam, krakacacchadaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, dalapuṣpā, dalapuṣpī, cakṣuṣyaḥ, cāmarapuṣpaḥ, chinnaruhā, jambālaḥ, jambulaḥ, dhūlipuṣpikā, nṛpapriyā, pharendraḥ, valīnakaḥ, viphalaḥ, vyañjanaḥ, śivadviṣṭā, sugandhinī, sūcipuṣpaḥ, sūcikā, strībhūṣaṇam, sthiragandhaḥ, svarṇaketakī, hanīlaḥ, halīmaḥ, hemaketakī, haimaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya savāsikasya puṣpasya patrāṇi krakacasya iva tīkṣṇāni santi।

adhunā udyānasthasya ketakasya puṣpaṃ vikasati।

eta

keta   

ekaṃ śvetaṃ sugandhitaṃ kaṇṭakayuktaṃ puṣpam।

ketakyāḥ gandhena udyānaṃ sugandhitam।

eta

keta   

ekā rāgiṇī।

sā ketakīṃ gāyati।

eta

savinayam, namratayā, namram, nirabhimānam, anuddhataṃ, namracetasā, śirasā, prādhvaḥ   

vinayena saha।

śīlā vivāhasya prastāvaṃ savinayaṃ svīkṛtavatī।

eta

śubhratā, dhavalatā, śveta   

śubhratāyāḥ avasthā bhāvo vā।

śubhravastrāṇāṃ śubhratāyāḥ kṛte tāni nīla iti padārthe majjayati।

eta

śvetavarṇaḥ, śveta   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ- yasya varṇaḥ dugdhavat asti।

pītavarṇasya sthāne śvetavarṇaḥ upayujyatām।

eta

saṅketa   

tad yasya sāhāyena anyāyāḥ ghaṭanāyāḥ rahasyasya vā sūcanā prāpyate।

hyaḥ vittāgāre jātasya cauryasya ko'pi saṅketaḥ na prāptaḥ।

eta

kulatthaḥ, kulatthā, kālavṛntaḥ, tāmravṛkṣaḥ, kulatthikā, sitetaraḥ, tāmrabījaḥ   

dhānyaviśeṣaḥ, kaṣāyavarṇīyaṃ bījaṃ yat bhūmilagnam sat tiṣṭhati (āyurvede tasya pittaraktakṛtva-kaṭukatvādiguṇāḥ proktāḥ);

kulatthaḥ kaṭukaḥ pāke kaṣāyaḥ pittaraktakṛt[śa ka]

eta

nivṛttavetanam, anuvṛttiḥ   

karmakarasya tad māsikaṃ vārṣikaṃ vā vetanaṃ yad saḥ tasya parivāro vā tasya nivṛttyāḥ anantaraṃ prāpnoti।

saḥ daśasahasrāṇi rupyakāṇi nivṛttavetanam prāpnoti।

eta

puṇḍarīkam, sitāmbhojam, śatapatram, mahāpadmam, sitāmbujam, śvetapadmam, śvetavārijam, sitābjam, harinetram, śaratpadmam, śāradam, śambhuvallabham   

śvetavarṇayuktaṃ padmam।

gītayā bhagavataḥ mūrtaye puṇḍarīkam arpitam।

eta

śvetakandā, śuklakandā, amṛtā, ativiṣā   

himālaye vartamānaḥ kṣupaḥ।

śvetakandā tu auṣadhīrūpeṇa upayujyate।

eta

pretabādhā   

mṛtātmani graste udbhūtā pīḍā।

pretabādhām apanetuṃ māntrikaḥ āhūtaḥ।

eta

śītasahā, sindhuvārakaḥ, nirguṇḍī, kapikā, sthirasādhanakaḥ, sindhukaḥ, nīlasindhukaḥ, indrasurasaḥ, sindhuvārikā, śvetapuṣpaḥ, nirguṇṭī, candrasurasaḥ, surasaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, nīlāśī, sindhuvāritaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, nisindhuḥ, sindhuvāraḥ, śepālaḥ, nirguṇḍiḥ, sinduvāraḥ, nisindhukaḥ, nīlakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ, indrāṇikā, indrāṇī, śvetasurasā   

kundajātīyā śvetapuṣpaviśiṣṭā latā।

śītasahā varṣākāle vikasati।

eta

śītasaham, sindhuvārakam, nirguṇḍi, kapikam, sthirasādhanakam, sindhukam, nīlasindhukam, indrasurasam, sindhuvārikam, śvetapuṣpam, nirguṇṭi, candrasurasam, surasam, sindhurāvam, nīlāśi, sindhuvāritam, śvetarāvakam, nisindhum, sindhuvāram, śepālam, nirguṇḍim, sinduvāram, nisindhukam, nīlakam, arthasiddhakam, indrāṇikam, indrāṇi, śvetasurasam   

kundajātīyapuṣpam।

śītasahasya ārdragandhaḥ āgacchati।

eta

kaṇajīraḥ, kaṇāhvā, śvetajīrakaḥ   

gaurajīrakaḥ।

saḥ āpaṇāt śataṃ grāmaparimitaḥ kaṇajīraṃ krītavān।

eta

karavīraḥ, pratihāsaḥ, śataprāsaḥ, caṇḍātaḥ, hayamārakaḥ, pratīhāsaḥ, aśvaghnaḥ, hayāriḥ, aśvamārakaḥ, śītakumbhaḥ, turaṅgāriḥ, aśvahā, vīraḥ, hayamāraḥ, hayaghnaḥ, śatakundaḥ, aśvarodhakaḥ, vīrakaḥ, kundaḥ, śakundaḥ, śvetapuṣpakaḥ, aśvāntakaḥ, nakharāhvaḥ, aśvanāśanaḥ, sthalakumudaḥ, divyapuṣpaḥ, haripriyaḥ, gaurīpuṣpaḥ, siddhapuṣpaḥ   

ekaḥ madhyāmākāraḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

karavīre pītaraktaśuklāni puṣpāṇi bhavanti।

eta

ceta   

ekā rāgiṇī।

saṅgītajñaḥ cetakīṃ gāyati।

eta

pretapaṭahaḥ   

prācīnakālīnaḥ vādyaviśeṣaḥ।

pretapaṭahaḥ mṛtasya antyeṣṭikāle vādyate।

eta

śveta   

saḥ puruṣaḥ yaḥ śvetavarṇīyaḥ asti।

śveteṣu kṛṣṇaḥ jhaṭiti jñāyate।

eta

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, bhṛtiḥ, mūlyam   

tantukaraṇasya vetanam।

etāvataḥ tūlasya tvaṃ kiyat vetanaṃ svīkariṣyasi।

eta

keta   

ketakyāḥ samānasya varṇasya।

gautamī ketakyāṃ śāṭikāyām atīva śobhate।

eta

sāmayikaḥ, saṅketasamayaniṣṭhaḥ, saṅketasamayānuvartī   

yaḥ niyamānāṃ vidhīnāṃ samayasya ca abhyāsena pālanaṃ karoti।

rājā āṅgladeśīyasya sarvakārasya sāmayikaḥ āsīt।

eta

suketanaḥ   

sunīthasya ekaḥ putraḥ।

suketanaḥ kṛṣṇasya pautraḥ āsīt।

eta

pratibhā, sampratipattiḥ, sacetanatā, saṃjñā   

dhāraṇā buddhiḥ ca।

uttejanāt krodhāt vā vayaṃ prāyaḥ svasya pratibhāṃ vismarāmaḥ।

eta

sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, indrāṇī, indrāṇikā, candrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭī, nirguṇḍī, nisindhuḥ, nanīlasindhukaḥ, śvetapuṣpaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, sindhuvārakaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, sindhukaḥ, surasaḥ, sthirasādhanakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ   

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

sindhuvārasya patrāṇi bījāḥ ca auṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।

eta

gokarṇī, adrikarṇī, supuṣpā, nagakarṇī, girikarṇā, bhūrilagnā, mahārasā, mahāpuṣpā, śvetagokarṇī, harikrāntā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

asmin vṛkṣe gokarṇī abhisarpitā।

eta

aparājitaḥ, adrikarṇī, aśvakhurī, kumārī, gavākṣaḥ, girikarṇā, ghṛṣṭi, chardikā, tailaspandā, dadhipuṣpikā, nagakarṇī, badarā, bhūrilagnā, mahāpuṣpā, mahāśvetā, mahārasā, maheśvarī, vyaktagandhā, supuṣpā, supuṣpī, sumukhī, harīkrāntā, śvetapuṣpā, śvetagokarṇī, śvetadhāman, nīlakrāntā, nīlapuṣpā, nīlagirikarṇikā, nīlādrikarṇikā, nīlādriparājitā, āsphotā, viṣṇukrāntā, kaṭabhī, garddabhī, sitapuṣpī, śvetā, śvetabhaṇḍā, bhadrā, suputrī, gardabhaḥ   

bhūmau prakīrṇaḥ vallarīviśeṣaḥ।

eṣā bhūmiḥ aparājitena ācchāditā ।

eta

amlavetasaḥ, raktasāraḥ, rājāmlaḥ, vīravetasaḥ, vetasāmlaḥ, vaitasaḥ, śuktā, vedhakaḥ, vṛddharājaḥ, śuktikā, āmlavetasaḥ, śuktikā, śaṅkhadrāvin, vedhin   

vallarīviśeṣaḥ।

amlavetasaḥ paścimeṣu parvateṣu vardhate।

eta

pramatta, surāmatta, unmatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta   

yena madirā pītā।

saḥ pūrṇataḥ pramattaḥ āsīt।

eta

bahirbhūta, paryaveta   

yasya samayasīmā samāptā।

bahirbhūtānām auṣadhānāṃ sevanaṃ prāṇaharaṃ bhavati।

eta

śvetaśailamaya   

cāruprastarasya cāruprastareṇa sambaddhaṃ vā।

tasya prāṅgaṇasya madhye śvetaśailamayena harmyaśikhareṇa racitaṃ mahātmanaḥ smṛtisthānam asti।

eta

sajīvaḥ, jīvaḥ, jīvitaḥ, jīvakaḥ, prāṇayutaḥ, prāṇopetaḥ.   

yaḥ prāṇīti।

jīvitasya viṣaye smṛtilekhanaṃ sāhasam eva।

eta

pretapiṇḍaḥ   

maraṇāvadhisapiṇḍīkaraṇaparyantaṃ pretasampradānakapiṇḍākārānnam।

saḥ pretapiṇḍaṃ pippalavṛkṣasya adhaḥ asthāpayat।

eta

pretaniryātakaḥ, pretanirhārakaḥ   

mṛtakaṃ smaśānaṃ yāvat yaḥ nayati।

pretaniryātakaḥ bālakasya śavaṃ nyadadhāt।

eta

pretakāryam   

mṛtasya dāhādisapiṇḍīkaraṇāntaṃ karma।

tasya pretakāryasya kṛte sarve kuṭumbinaḥ upasthitāḥ āsan।

eta

pretatarpaṇam   

maraṇāvadhisapiṇḍīkaraṇaparyantaṃ pretaśabdollekhena jaladānam।

pretatarpaṇena mṛtakasya ātmā tṛptaḥ bhavati।

eta

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

eta

saṅketasthalaṃ, abhisārasthānam, samāgamasthānam   

(yugalasya)melanasya pūrvaniścitaṃ sthānam।

nāyikā saṅketasthale nāyakasya pratīkṣāṃ karoti।

eta

guhyapadam, saṅketaśabdaḥ   

saṅgaṇakeṣu saṃgaṇīkṛtayantreṣu vā vyaktipratyayakāriṇī varṇāṅkacihnānāṃ saṃsargeṇa sādhitā praṇāliḥ yā kasminnapi kārye kuñcikārūpeṇa upayujyate।

guhyapadasya vismṛteḥ ahaṃ bhavatyā antarjāladvārā preṣitaṃ patraṃ paṭhitum asamarthaḥ asmi।

eta

samayaḥ, saṃvid, abhisandhiḥ, abhisaṃdhiḥ, niyamaḥ, saṅketa   

prāgeva pratijñātaṃ pratipāditaṃ vā।

gatasaptāhe tena amerikā-bhāratayoḥ vāṇijya-sambandhaviṣaye yaḥ samayaḥ pratipāditaḥ saḥ satyam abhavat।

eta

saṅketakaḥ   

yena saṅketaḥ kriyate।

saṅketakāḥ bhinnaprakārakāḥ bhavanti yathā raktavarṇīyaḥ dīpaḥ sthaganasya saṅketaṃ karoti।

eta

śvā, kukkuraḥ, kukuraḥ, śunakaḥ, bhaṣakaḥ, mṛgadaśakaḥ, vakrapucchaḥ, vakrabāladhiḥ, lalajivhaḥ, jihvāliṭ, vṛkāriḥ, grāmasiṃhaḥ, śīghracetanaḥ, rātrījāgaraḥ, kṛtajñaḥ, sārameyaḥ, vāntādaḥ, śaratkāmī, śavakāmyaḥ, kauleyakaḥ   

puṃjātīyaśvā।

saḥ śvānaṃ pālayati na tu śunīm।

eta

abhyupeta, upāgata, abhyupagata   

samīpāgataḥ।

abhyupetaṃ manuṣyam ahaṃ na jñātavān।

eta

śvetaketuḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ uddālakasya putraḥ āsīt।

śvetaketuḥ aṣṭāvakrasya mātulaḥ āsīt।

eta

jeta   

vaidikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

jetasya varṇanaṃ ṛgvede asti।

eta

śvetagajaḥ, śvetakuñjaraḥ, pāṇḍuḥ, pāṇḍunāgaḥ   

śvetavarṇīyaḥ gajaḥ।

jantuśālāyāṃ vayaṃ śvetagajam apaśyāma।

eta

sthitisthāpakaviśiṣṭa, vetasaguṇaka   

yasmin sthitisthāpakāni ācitāni santi।

eṣaḥ talpaḥ sthitisthāpakaviśiṣṭaḥ asti।

eta

śvetadvīpaḥ, śvetadvīpam   

paurāṇikaḥ dvīpaviśeṣaḥ।

śvetadvīpaḥ kṣīrasāgarasya samīpe asti।

eta

śvetapatram   

śvetapatre mudritā rājakīyaḥ saṃsthāyāḥ vā vijñaptiḥ।

śvetapatre tadviṣayasya samyak pratipādanam asti।

eta

rānīkheta   

kumāuvibhāgasya almoḍāmaṇḍale vartamānaṃ prasiddhaṃ paryaṭanasthalam।

rānīkhetasya prākṛtikaṃ dṛśyaṃ manoharam asti।

eta

idānīntana, sāmaprata, upasthita, vidyamāna, āsthita, vārtamānika, saṃstha, saṃsthānavat, āvitta, āvinna, etatkālīna   

yad idānīm asti।

yāvat idānīntanīyāḥ samasyāḥ na dūrīkriyante tāvat na kiñcid api bhavituṃ śaknoti ।

eta

śvetapuṣpakaḥ, śatakundaḥ, śatakumbhaḥ, śatakuntaḥ, śakundaḥ   

śvetapuṣpayuktaḥ karavīravṛkṣaḥ।

saḥ śvetapuṣpakasya śākhām acchinat।

eta

suvarṇaretasaḥ   

gotrakāraḥ ṛṣiḥ।

suvarṇaretasasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

eta

avyayeta   

yamakānuprāsasya dvayoḥ bhedayoḥ ekaḥ।

avyayete yamakātmakeṣu akṣareṣu anyad padam akṣaraṃ na vartate।

eta

aśubhra, aśveta, asita   

yaḥ śvetaḥ nāsti।

adhavānāṃ kṛte aśubhraṃ vastraṃ varjyam āsīt।

eta

saṅketa   

anyebhyaḥ gopayitvā parasparayoḥ sūcanam।

saḥ sainikaḥ sahakāriṇaḥ saṅketasya pratīkṣāṃ karoti।

eta

saṅketa   

sā vidyudurjā yasyāḥ balāghātaparivartanaṃ yasmāt parivartate tasya viṣaye adhikaṃ jñānaṃ yacchati।

upagrahāt spaṣṭaḥ saṅketaḥ prāptaḥ।

eta

niścetanam   

saṃvedanāyāḥ pūrṇā īṣad vā nāśanasya kriyā।

niścetanasya kriyāyāṃ viśiṣṭam auṣadhaṃ jighrāpayitvā athavā sūcyauṣadhaṃ datvā śarīraṃ saṃvedanāśūnyaṃ kriyate।

eta

vetana-āyogaḥ   

ekaḥ śāsakīyaḥ āyogaḥ yaḥ karmakarāṇāṃ vetanaṃ nirdhārayati tathā tasya nirīkṣaṇaṃ karoti।

kadācit sarvakāraḥ vetana-āyogasya sūcanāḥ śīghrameva svīkaroti।

eta

antarjālasaṅketaḥ, antarjālaniketasaṅketaḥ, aipī-saṅketa   

pratyekānāṃ saṅagaṇakamudraṇayantrādīnām upakaraṇādīnāṃ viśiṣṭā dvātriṃśat aṅkīyā saṅkhyā।

antarjālasaṅketena jñātuṃ śakyate yad tad upakaraṇaṃ kutra asti।

eta

sāmājika-jālaka-saṅketasthalam   

tad saṅketasthalaṃ yad samājena sambaddham asti।

phesabuka iti ekaṃ sāmājika-jālaka-saṅketasthalam asti।

eta

gardabhī, sitakaṇṭakārikā, śvetā, kṣetradūtī, lakṣmaṇā, sitasiṃhī, sitakṣudrā, kṣudravārtākinī, sitā, siktā, kaṭuvārtākinī, kṣetrajā, kapaṭeśvarī, niḥsnehaphalā, vāmā, sitakaṇṭhā, mahauṣadhī, candrikā, cāndrī, priyaṅkarī, nākulī, durlabhā, rāsnā śvetakaṇṭakārī   

ekā latā asyā guṇāḥ rucyatvaṃ kaṭutvaṃ kaphavātanāśitvaṃ cakṣuṣyatvaṃ dīpanatvaṃ rasaniyāmakatvaṃ ca ।

gardabhyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

eta

dīrghāyuṣyaḥ, śvetamandārakaḥ   

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ ।

dīrghāyuṣyasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

eta

vetasakāḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

vetasakānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

eta

vetasikā   

ekam sthānam ।

vetasikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

eta

vetasinī   

ekā nadī ।

vetasinyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

eta

vetasvān   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

vetasvataḥ ullekhaḥ pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇe asti

eta

prācetasastavaḥ   

viṣṇu-purāṇasya caturdaśa-bhāgaḥ ।

prācetasastavaḥ purāṇavāṅmaye mahattvapūrṇaḥ

eta

pretabhakṣiṇī   

ekā devatā ।

kośeṣu pretabhakṣiṇī nirdiṣṭā

eta

śvetakuśaḥ, kokilākṣavṛkṣa, vajraḥ   

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ ।

śvetakuśasya ullekhaḥ rājanirghaṇṭe vartate

eta

kledinī, keta   

ekaḥ vṛkṣakaḥ ।

kledinī harivaṃśe ullikhitā asti

eta

kṣetrajā, śvetakaṇṭakārī, śaśāṇḍulī, go-mūtrikā, śilpikā, caṇikā   

naike vṛkṣakāḥ ।

kṣetrajāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

eta

śvetakiḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

śvetakeḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

eta

śvetagaṅgā   

ekā nadī ।

śvetagaṅgāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kādambaryām asti

eta

śvetajalam   

ekaḥ taḍāgaḥ ।

śvetajalasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

eta

śvetatapaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śvetatapasaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

eta

śvetataraḥ   

ekaḥ vidyālayaḥ ।

śvetatarasya ullekhaḥ caraṇavyūhe asti

eta

śvetaparṇaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

śvetaparṇasya ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

eta

śvetamāṇḍavyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

śvetamāṇḍavyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

eta

śvetamodaḥ   

asvāsthyakārakaḥ rākṣasaḥ ।

śvetamodasya ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

eta

śvetavacā   

vṛkṣanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

śvetavacā iti nāmakau dvau vṛkṣau vartete

eta

suvarṇareta   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

suvarṇaretasaḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

eta

saṅketa   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

saṅketaḥ iti kāvyaprakāśasya harṣacaritasya ca ṭīkāyāḥ nāma vartate

eta

kledinī , keta   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

kledinī harivaṃśe ullikhitā asti

eta

kṣetrajā, śvetakaṇṭakārī , śaśāṇḍulī , go-mūtrikā , śilpikā , caṇikā   

naike vṛkṣakāḥ ।

kṣetrajāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

eta

caceṇḍā, veśmakūlaḥ , śvetarājī , bṛhatphalaḥ   

ekā latā asyā guṇaḥ paṭolaguṇāt kiñcinnyūnatvam viśeṣāt śoṣiṇo hitatvañca ।

caceṇḍāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

eta

śveta   

kṣupanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

śvetaḥ iti naikeṣāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ nāma asti

eta

śvetapuṣpā   

kṣupanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

śvetapuṣpā iti naikeṣāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ nāma asti

eta

haṭhasaṅketacandrikā   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

haṭhasaṅketacandrikā iti nāmake dve kṛtī staḥ

eta

kapotaretasaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kapotaretasasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

eta

utsavasaṅketa   

ekaḥ janasamudāya ।

utsavasaṅketānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate viṣṇupurāṇe raghuvaṃśe ca asti

eta

cākaciccā, śvetavuhnā, kapītaḥ, vanatiktā, visarpiṇī, śaṅkhinī, girijā, dhūsaracchadā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

cākaciccāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

eta

dhvajinyutsavasaṅketa   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

dhvajinyutsavasaṅketānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

eta

naciketa   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

naciketasya ullekhaḥ taittiriya-brāhmaṇe kaṭhopaniṣadi ca asti

Parse Time: 2.606s Search Word: eta Input Encoding: IAST: eta